Edexcel NVQ/competence-based qualifications · PDF fileEdexcel NVQ/competence-based...

Specification

Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF)

First registration March 2011

Edexcel NVQ/competence-based qualifications

Edexcel, a Pearson company, is the UK’s largest awarding organisation offering vocational and academic qualifications and testing, to employers, training providers, colleges, schools, and other places of learning in the UK, and in over 85 countries worldwide. Our specialist suite of qualifications include NVQs, Apprenticeships, WorkSkills, Functional Skills, Foundation Learning, as well as our exclusive range of BTECs, from entry level right through to Higher National Diplomas. References to third party material made in this specification are made in good faith. Edexcel does not endorse, approve or accept responsibility for the content of materials, which may be subject to change, or any opinions expressed therein. (Material may include textbooks, journals, magazines and other publications and websites.) Authorised by Martin Stretton Prepared by Andres Vergara Publications Code N026808 All the material in this publication is copyright © Pearson Education Limited 2011

Contents

Qualification title covered by this specification 1

Key features of the Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) 2

What is the purpose of this qualification? 2

Who is this qualification for? 2

What are the benefits of this qualification to the learner and employer? 2

What are the potential job areas for those working towards this qualification? 2

What progression opportunities are available to learners who achieve this qualification? 3

What is the qualification structure for the Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF)? 4

How is the qualification graded and assessed? 6

Assessment Strategy 6

Types of evidence (to be read in conjunction with the Assessment Strategy in Annexe D) 7

Additional Requirements 8

Centre recognition and approval 9

Centre recognition 9

Approvals agreement 9

Quality assurance 9

What resources are required? 9

Unit format 10

Units 11

Unit 1: Complying with statutory regulations and organisational safety requirements 13

Unit 2: Using and interpreting engineering data and documentation 21

Unit 3: Working efficiently and effectively in engineering 31

Unit 4: Marking out wood and composite materials 39

Unit 5: Producing components using woodworking machines 47

Unit 6: Producing and finishing components using woodworking hand tools 57

Unit 7: Carrying out wood turning operations 67

Unit 8: Assembling engineering woodwork 75

Unit 9: Applying surface finishes to woodwork components and structures 83

Unit 10: Installing woodwork structures, furniture and fittings 93

Unit 11: Marking out pattern, corebox or model components 103

Unit 12: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using woodworking machines 113

Unit 13: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using metalworking machines 121

Unit 14: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using woodworking hand tools 131

Unit 15: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using hand-fitting techniques 139

Unit 16: Producing pattern, corebox or model components by FRP moulding 149

Unit 17: Assembling wood/composite pattern, corebox or model components 161

Unit 18: Assembling metal pattern, corebox or model components 171

Unit 19: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using cast resin techniques 179

Unit 20: Proving patterns, coreboxes or models 189

Unit 21: Setting CNC machine tools for operation 197

Unit 22: Programming CNC machines to produce pattern or model components 211

Unit 23: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using NC/CNC machines 221

Unit 24: Producing components by rapid prototyping techniques 231

Unit 25: Modifying and repairing pattern, corebox or model equipment 241

Unit 26: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using flexible composite materials 251

Further information 259

Useful publications 259

How to obtain National Occupational Standards 259

Professional development and training 260

Annexe A: Progression pathways 261

The Edexcel qualification framework for the engineering sector 261

Annexe B: Quality assurance 267

Key principles of quality assurance 267

Quality assurance processes 267

Annexe C: Centre certification and registration 269

What are the access arrangements and special considerations for the qualification in this specification? 269

Annexe D: Assessment Strategy 271

Annexe E: Additional requirement for qualifications that use the term ‘NVQ’ in a QCF qualification title 283

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

1

Qual

ific

atio

n t

itle

cov

ered

by

this

spec

ific

atio

n

This

spec

ific

atio

n g

ives

you t

he

info

rmation y

ou n

eed t

o o

ffer

the

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in E

ngin

eering W

oodw

ork

ing,

Patt

ern a

nd M

odel

Mak

ing (

QC

F):

Qu

alifi

cati

on

tit

le

Qu

alifi

cati

on

N

um

ber

(QN

) A

ccre

dit

ati

on

st

art

date

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering W

oodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

M

akin

g (

QCF)

600/0

716/3

01/0

3/2

011

This

qual

ific

atio

n h

as

bee

n a

ccre

dited

within

the

Qual

ific

ations

and C

redit F

ram

ework

(Q

CF)

and is

elig

ible

for

public

fundin

g a

s det

erm

ined

by

the

Dep

artm

ent

for

Educa

tion (

DfE

) under

Sec

tions

96 a

nd 9

7 o

f th

e Le

arnin

g a

nd S

kills

Act

2000.

The

qual

ific

atio

n t

itle

lis

ted a

bove

fea

ture

s in

the

fundin

g lis

ts p

ublis

hed

annual

ly b

y th

e D

fE a

nd t

he

regula

rly

updat

ed w

ebsi

te.

It w

ill a

lso a

ppea

r on t

he

Learn

ing A

ims

Dat

abas

e (L

AD

), w

her

e re

leva

nt.

You s

hould

use

the

QCF

Qualif

icat

ion N

um

ber

(Q

N),

when

you w

ish t

o s

eek

public

fundin

g f

or

your

lear

ner

s. E

ach

unit w

ithin

a

qual

ific

ation w

ill a

lso h

ave

a u

niq

ue

QC

F re

fere

nce

num

ber

, w

hic

h is

liste

d in t

his

spec

ific

ation.

The

QCF

qual

ific

atio

n t

itle

and u

nit r

efer

ence

num

ber

s w

ill a

ppea

r on t

he

lear

ner

’s f

inal

cer

tifica

tion d

ocu

men

t. L

earn

ers

nee

d t

o

be

made

aw

are

of th

is w

hen

they

are

rec

ruited

by

the

centr

e an

d r

egis

tere

d w

ith E

dex

cel.

N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011

© Pearson Education Limited 2011

2

Key features of the Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF)

This qualification: is nationally recognised is based on the Semta National Occupational Standards (NOS). The NOS,

Assessment Strategy and qualification structure are owned by Semta.

The Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) has been approved as a component for the Semta Advanced Apprenticeship framework.

What is the purpose of this qualification?

This qualification is appropriate for employees in the engineering sector working across a broad range of areas. It is designed to assess occupational competence in the workplace where learners are required to demonstrate skills and knowledge to a level required in the engineering sector.

Who is this qualification for?

This qualification is for all learners aged 16 and above who are capable of reaching the required standards. Edexcel’s policy is that the qualification should: be free from any barriers that restrict access and progression ensure equality of opportunity for all wishing to access the qualification.

What are the benefits of this qualification to the learner and employer?

This qualification allows learners to demonstrate competence against National Occupational Standards which are based on the needs of the engineering sector as defined by Semta, the Sector Skills Council. As such it contributes to the development of skilled labour in the sector. The qualification may contribute towards the competence element of an Apprenticeship.

What are the potential job areas for those working towards this qualification?

engineering woodworking pattern production and modification corebox production and modification full-size and scale-model production and modification

N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011

3

What progression opportunities are available to learners who achieve this qualification?

This qualification allows learners to demonstrate competence in engineering woodworking, pattern and model making at a level required by the engineering industry. Learners can progress up the level and size of the engineering competence and knowledge qualifications and into other occupational areas such as team leading and management. Further information is available in Annexe A.



4

What is the qualification structure for the Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF)?

Individual units can be found in the Units section. The QCF level and credit value are given on the first page of each unit. To achieve the Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) learners must complete a minimum of 106 credits. Learners must complete all mandatory units in Group A (15 credits) and then choose one of the following pathways: Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making — Engineering Woodworking (QCF) Learners must complete all the units in Group B1 and a minimum of two units in Group B2, for a minimum total of 211 credits. Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making — Pattern/Model Making (QCF) Learners must complete a minimum of three units in Group C1, for a minimum total of 91 credits. A Mandatory units Learners must complete all the units in Group A. A/601/5013 — Complying with statutory regulations and organisational safety requirements Y/601/5102 — Using and interpreting engineering data and documentation K/601/5055 — Working efficiently and effectively in engineering B Engineering Woodworking Learners must complete all the units in Group B1 and a minimum of two units in Group B2. C Mandatory units Learners must complete all the units in Group B1. D/502/9315 — Marking out wood and composite materials K/502/9317 — Producing components using woodworking machines T/502/9319 — Producing and finishing components using woodworking hand tools


5

B2 Optional units Learners must complete a minimum of two units in Group B2. K/502/9320 — Carrying out wood turning operations M/502/9321 — Assembling engineering woodwork T/502/9322 — Applying surface finishes to woodwork components and structures A/502/9323 — Installing woodwork structures, furniture and fittings C Pattern/Model Making Learners must complete a minimum of three units in Group C1. C1 Optional units F/502/9324 — Marking out pattern, corebox or model components J/502/9325 — Producing pattern, corebox or model components using woodworking machines L/502/9326 — Producing pattern, corebox or model components using metalworking machines A/502/9340 — Producing pattern, corebox or model components using woodworking hand tools R/502/9327 — Producing pattern, corebox or model components using hand-fitting techniques Y/502/9328 — Producing pattern, corebox or model components by FRP moulding D/502/9329 — Assembling wood/composite pattern, corebox or model components R/502/9330 — Assembling metal pattern, corebox or model components Y/502/9331 — Producing pattern, corebox or model components using cast resin techniques D/502/9332 — Proving patterns, coreboxes or models H/502/9333 — Setting CNC machine tools for operation K/502/9334 — Programming CNC machines to produce pattern or model components M/502/9335 — Producing pattern, corebox or model components using NC/CNC machines T/502/9336 — Producing components by rapid prototyping techniques A/502/9337 — Modifying and repairing pattern, corebox or model equipment F/502/9338 — Producing pattern, corebox or model components using flexible composite materials



6

How is the qualification graded and assessed?

The overall grade for the qualification is a ‘pass’. The learner must achieve all the required units within the specified qualification structure. To pass a unit the learner must: achieve all the specified learning outcomes satisfy all the assessment criteria by providing sufficient and valid

evidence for each criterion show that the evidence is their own. The qualification is designed to be assessed: in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace, as specified in the Assessment

Strategy for the sector, or as part of a training programme.

Assessment Strategy

The Assessment Strategy for this qualification has been included in Annexe D. It has been developed by Semta in partnership with employers, training providers, awarding organisations and the regulatory authorities. The Assessment Strategy includes details on: criteria for defining realistic working environments roles and occupational competence of assessors, expert witnesses,

internal verifiers and standards verifiers quality control of assessment evidence requirements. Evidence of competence may come from: current practice where evidence is generated from a current job role a programme of development where evidence comes from

assessment opportunities built into a learning/training programme whether at or away from the workplace

the Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) where a learner can demonstrate that they can meet the assessment criteria within a unit through knowledge, understanding or skills they already possess without undertaking a course of learning. They must submit sufficient, reliable and valid evidence for internal and standards verification purposes. RPL is acceptable for accrediting a unit, several units or a whole qualification

a combination of these.


7

It is important that the evidence is:

Valid relevant to the standards for which competence is claimed

Authentic produced by the learner

Current sufficiently recent to create confidence that the same skill, understanding or knowledge persist at the time of the claim

Reliable indicates that the learner can consistently perform at this level

Sufficient fully meets the requirements of the standards.

Types of evidence (to be read in conjunction with the Assessment Strategy in Annexe D)

To successfully achieve a unit the learner must gather evidence which shows that they have met the required standard in the assessment criteria. Evidence can take a variety of different forms including the examples below. Centres should refer to the Assessment Strategy for information about which of the following are permissible. direct observation of the learner’s performance by their assessor (O) outcomes from oral or written questioning (Q&A) products of the learner’s work (P) personal statements and/or reflective accounts (RA) outcomes from simulation, where permitted by the Assessment

Strategy (S) professional discussion (PD) assignment, project/case studies (A) authentic statements/witness testimony (WT) expert witness testimony (EPW) evidence of Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL). The abbreviations may be used for cross-referencing purposes. Learners can use one piece of evidence to prove their knowledge, skills and understanding across different assessment criteria and/or across different units. It is, therefore, not necessary for learners to have each assessment criterion assessed separately. Learners should be encouraged to reference the assessment criteria to which the evidence relates. Evidence must be made available to the assessor, internal verifier and Edexcel standards verifier. A range of recording documents is available on the Edexcel website www.edexcel.com. Alternatively, centres may develop their own.



8

Additional Requirements

The Joint Awarding Body and the SSC Working Practices Group have identified additional requirements that are needed to assess and quality assure qualifications placed on the QCF that use NVQ within their title. These requirements are shown in Annexe D: Additional Requirements for Qualifications that use the title NVQ within the QCF.


9

Centre recognition and approval

Centre recognition

Centres that have not previously offered Edexcel qualifications need to apply for and be granted centre recognition as part of the process for approval to offer individual qualifications. New centres must complete both a centre recognition approval application and a qualification approval application. Existing centres will be given ‘automatic approval’ for a new qualification if they are already approved for a qualification that is being replaced by the new qualification and the conditions for automatic approval are met. Centres already holding Edexcel approval are able to gain qualification approval for a different level or different sector via Edexcel online.

Approvals agreement

All centres are required to enter into an approvals agreement which is a formal commitment by the head or principal of a centre to meet all the requirements of the specification and any linked codes or regulations. Edexcel will act to protect the integrity of the awarding of qualifications, if centres do not comply with the agreement. This could result in the suspension of certification or withdrawal of approval.

Quality assurance

Detailed information on Edexcel’s quality assurance processes is given in Annexe B.

What resources are required?

Each qualification is designed to support learners working in the engineering sector. Physical resources need to support the delivery of the qualifications and the assessment of the learning outcomes and must be of industry standard. Centres must meet any specific resource requirements outlined in Annexe D: Assessment Strategy. Staff assessing the learner must meet the requirements within the overarching Assessment S trategy for the sector.



10

Unit format

Each unit in this specification contains the following sections. Unit title:

Unit reference number:

QCF level:

Credit value:

Guided learning hours:

Unit summary:

Assessment requirements/evidence requirements:

Assessment methodology:

Learning outcomes:

Assessment criteria:

Evidence type:

Portfolio reference:

Date:

The unit title is accredited on the QCF and this form of words will appear on the learner’s Notification of Performance (NOP).

All units and qualifications within the QCF have a level assigned to them, which represents the level of achievement. There are nine levels of achievement, from Entry level to level 8. The level of the unit has been informed by the QCF level descriptors and, where appropriate, the NOS and/or other sector/professional.

All units have a credit value. The minimum credit value is one, and credits can only be awarded in whole numbers. Learners will be awarded credits when they achieve the unit.

A notional measure of the substance of a qualification. It includes an estimate of the time that might be allocated to direct teaching or instruction, together with other structured learning time, such as directed assignments, assessments on the job or supported individual study and practice. It excludes learner-initiated private study.

This provides a summary of the purpose of the unit.

The assessment/evidence requirements are determined by the SSC. Learners must provide evidence for each of the requirements stated in this section.

Learning outcomes state exactly what a learner should know, understand or be able to do as a result of completing a unit.

The assessment criteria of a unit specify the standard a learner is expected to meet to demonstrate that a learning outcome, or a set of learning outcomes, has been achieved.

Learners must reference the type of evidence they have and where it is available for quality assurance purposes. The learner can enter the relevant key and a reference. Alternatively, the learner and/or centre can devise their own referencing system.

This provides a summary of the assessment methodology to be used for the unit.

The learner should use this box to indicate where the evidence can be obtained eg portfolio page number.

The learner should give the date when the evidence has been provided.

This code is a unique reference number for the unit.


11

Units



12


13

Unit 1: Complying with statutory regulations and organisational safety requirements

Unit reference number: A/601/5013

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5

Guided learning hours: 35

Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to deal with statutory regulations and organisational safety requirements. It does not deal with specific safety regulations or detailed requirements, it does, however, cover the more general health and safety requirements that apply to working in an industrial environment. The learner will be expected to comply with all relevant regulations that apply to their area of work, as well as their general responsibilities as defined in the Health and Safety at Work Act. The learner will need to be able to identify the relevant qualified first aiders and know the location of the first aid facilities. The learner will have a knowledge and understanding of the procedures to be adopted in the case of accidents involving injury and in situations where there are dangerous occurrences or hazardous malfunctions of equipment, processes or machinery. The learner will also need to be fully conversant with their organisation’s procedures for fire alerts and the evacuation of premises. The learner will also be required to identify the hazards and risks that are associated with their job. Typically, these will focus on their working environment, the tools and equipment that they use, the materials and substances that they use, any working practices that do not follow laid-down procedures, and manual lifting and carrying techniques.

Assessment requirements/evidence requirements

This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.

Assessment methodology

Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

14

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

Com

ply

with s

tatu

tory

re

gula

tions

and

org

anis

atio

nal

safe

ty

requirem

ents

1.1

co

mply

with t

hei

r duties

and o

blig

atio

ns

as d

efin

ed

in t

he

Hea

lth a

nd S

afet

y at

Work

Act

1.2

dem

onst

rate

thei

r under

stan

din

g o

f th

eir

duties

and

oblig

ations

to h

ealth a

nd s

afe

ty b

y:

–

apply

ing in p

rinci

ple

thei

r duties

and

resp

onsi

bili

ties

as

an indiv

idual

under

the

Hea

lth

and S

afe

ty a

t W

ork

Act

–

id

entify

ing,

within

thei

r org

anis

atio

n,

appro

priat

e so

urc

es o

f in

form

atio

n a

nd g

uid

ance

on h

ealth

and s

afe

ty iss

ues

, su

ch a

s:

- ey

e pro

tect

ion a

nd p

erso

nal

pro

tect

ive

eq

uip

men

t (P

PE)

- CO

SH

H r

egula

tions

- risk

ass

essm

ents

–

id

entify

ing t

he

warn

ing s

igns

and lab

els

of th

e m

ain g

roups

of haza

rdous

or

dan

ger

ous

subst

ance

s –

co

mply

ing w

ith t

he

appro

priat

e st

atuto

ry

regula

tions

at a

ll tim

es

1.3

pre

sent

them

selv

es in t

he

work

pla

ce s

uitably

pre

par

ed f

or

the

activi

ties

to b

e under

take

n

1.4

fo

llow

org

anis

atio

nal

acc

iden

t and e

mer

gen

cy

pro

cedure

s

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

15

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.5

co

mply

with e

mer

gen

cy r

equirem

ents

, to

incl

ude:

–

id

entify

ing t

he

appro

priat

e qual

ifie

d first

aid

ers

and t

he

loca

tion o

f firs

t ai

d faci

litie

s –

id

entify

ing t

he

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

in t

he

even

t of

inju

ry t

o t

hem

selv

es o

r oth

ers

–

follo

win

g o

rgan

isational

pro

cedure

s in

the

even

t of

fire

and t

he

evacu

ation o

f pre

mis

es

–

iden

tify

ing t

he

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

in t

he

even

t of dan

ger

ous

occ

urr

ence

s or

haz

ard

ous

–

mal

funct

ions

of

equip

men

t 1.6

re

cognis

e an

d c

ontr

ol haz

ard

s in

the

work

pla

ce

1.7

id

entify

the

haz

ards

and r

isks

that

are

ass

oci

ated

w

ith t

he

follo

win

g:

–

th

eir

work

ing e

nvi

ronm

ent

–

the

equip

men

t th

at t

hey

use

–

m

ater

ials

and s

ubst

ance

s (w

her

e ap

pro

priat

e)

that

they

use

–

w

ork

ing p

ract

ices

that

do n

ot

follo

w laid

-dow

n

pro

cedure

s 1.8

use

corr

ect

man

ual lif

ting a

nd c

arry

ing t

echniq

ues

1.9

dem

onst

rate

one

of th

e fo

llow

ing m

ethods

of

man

ual

lifting a

nd c

arr

ying:

–

lifting a

lone

–

with a

ssis

tance

of

oth

ers

–

with m

echan

ical

ass

ista

nce

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

16

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.1

0

apply

safe

work

ing p

ract

ices

and p

roce

dure

s to

in

clude:

–

m

ainta

inin

g a

tid

y w

ork

pla

ce,

with e

xits

and

gan

gw

ays

free

fro

m o

bst

ruct

ion

–

usi

ng e

quip

men

t sa

fely

and o

nly

for

the

purp

ose

in

tended

–

obse

rvin

g o

rgan

isat

ional

safe

ty r

ule

s, s

igns

and

haz

ard w

arn

ings

–

taki

ng m

easu

res

to p

rote

ct o

ther

s fr

om

any

har

m r

esultin

g f

rom

the

work

that

they

are

ca

rryi

ng o

ut

2.

Know

how

to c

om

ply

with

stat

uto

ry r

egula

tions

and

org

anis

atio

nal

safe

ty

requirem

ents

2.1

des

crib

e th

e ro

les

and r

esponsi

bili

ties

of

them

selv

es

and o

ther

s under

the

Hea

lth a

nd S

afe

ty a

t W

ork

Act

, an

d o

ther

curr

ent

legis

lation (

such

as

The

Man

agem

ent

of

Hea

lth a

nd S

afet

y at

Work

Reg

ula

tions,

Work

pla

ce H

ealth a

nd S

afe

ty a

nd

Wel

fare

Reg

ula

tions,

Per

sonal

Pro

tect

ive

Equip

men

t at

Work

Reg

ula

tions,

Man

ual

Han

dlin

g O

per

atio

ns

Reg

ula

tions,

Pro

visi

on a

nd U

se o

f W

ork

Equip

men

t Reg

ula

tions,

Dis

pla

y Scr

een a

t W

ork

Reg

ula

tions,

Rep

ort

ing o

f In

juries

, D

isea

ses

and D

anger

ous

Occ

urr

ence

s Reg

ula

tions)

2.2

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

reg

ula

tions

and s

afe

work

ing

pra

ctic

es a

nd p

roce

dure

s th

at a

pply

to t

hei

r w

ork

ac

tivi

ties

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

17

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.3

des

crib

e th

e w

arnin

g s

igns

for

the

seve

n m

ain

gro

ups

of

haz

ardous

subst

ance

s def

ined

by

Cla

ssific

atio

n,

Pack

agin

g a

nd L

abel

ling o

f D

anger

ous

Subst

ance

s Reg

ula

tions

2.4

ex

pla

in h

ow

to loca

te r

elev

ant

hea

lth a

nd s

afet

y in

form

atio

n for

thei

r ta

sks,

and t

he

sourc

es o

f ex

per

t ass

ista

nce

when

hel

p is

nee

ded

2.5

ex

pla

in w

hat

const

itute

s a h

aza

rd in t

he

work

pla

ce

(such

as

movi

ng p

arts

of m

achin

ery,

ele

ctrici

ty,

slip

per

y an

d u

nev

en s

urf

aces

, poorly

pla

ced

equip

men

t, d

ust

and f

um

es,

handlin

g a

nd

tran

sport

ing,

conta

min

ants

and irr

itan

ts,

mat

eria

l ej

ection,

fire

, w

ork

ing a

t hei

ght,

envi

ronm

ent,

pre

ssure

/sto

red e

ner

gy

syst

ems,

vola

tile

, flam

mab

le o

r to

xic

mat

eria

ls,

unsh

ield

ed p

roce

sses

, w

ork

ing in c

onfined

spac

es)

2.6

des

crib

e th

eir

resp

onsi

bili

ties

for

iden

tify

ing a

nd

dea

ling w

ith h

azar

ds

and r

educi

ng r

isks

in t

he

work

pla

ce

2.7

des

crib

e th

e risk

s ass

oci

ated

with t

hei

r w

ork

ing

envi

ronm

ent

(such

as

the

tools

, m

ater

ials

and

equip

men

t th

at t

hey

use

, sp

illages

of oil,

chem

ical

s an

d o

ther

subst

ance

s, n

ot

report

ing a

ccid

enta

l bre

akages

of to

ols

or

equip

men

t an

d n

ot

follo

win

g

laid

-dow

n w

ork

ing p

ract

ices

and p

roce

dure

s)

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

18

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.8

des

crib

e th

e pro

cess

es a

nd p

roce

dure

s th

at

are

use

d t

o iden

tify

and r

ate

the

leve

l of ri

sk (

such

as

safe

ty insp

ections,

the

use

of haz

ard c

hec

klis

ts,

carr

ying o

ut

risk

ass

essm

ents

, CO

SH

H

asse

ssm

ents

) 2.9

des

crib

e th

e firs

t ai

d fac

ilities

that

exi

st w

ithin

thei

r w

ork

are

a a

nd w

ithin

the

org

anis

atio

n in g

ener

al;

the

pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

in t

he

case

of

acci

den

ts invo

lvin

g inju

ry

2.1

0

expla

in w

hat

const

itute

dan

ger

ous

occ

urr

ence

s an

d

haz

ardous

mal

funct

ions,

and w

hy

thes

e m

ust

be

report

ed e

ven if no-o

ne

is inju

red

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

s fo

r so

undin

g t

he

emer

gen

cy a

larm

s, e

vacu

atio

n p

roce

dure

s an

d

esca

pe

route

s to

be

use

d,

and t

he

nee

d t

o r

eport

th

eir

pre

sence

at

the

appro

priat

e as

sem

bly

poin

t 2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e org

anis

ational

polic

y w

ith r

egar

d t

o fire

fighting p

roce

dure

s; t

he

com

mon c

ause

s of

fire

and

what

they

can

do t

o h

elp p

reve

nt

them

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing a

nd e

quip

men

t th

at

is a

vaila

ble

for

thei

r are

as

of

act

ivity

2.1

4

expla

in h

ow

to s

afel

y lif

t an

d c

arr

y lo

ads,

and t

he

man

ual

and m

echan

ical

aid

s ava

ilable

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

19

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

5

expla

in h

ow

to p

repare

and m

ainta

in s

afe

work

ing

area

s; t

he

stan

dar

ds

and p

roce

dure

s to

ensu

re

good h

ouse

keep

ing

2.1

6

des

crib

e th

e im

port

ance

of

safe

sto

rage

of

tools

, eq

uip

men

t, m

ater

ials

and p

roduct

s 2.1

7

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n a

uth

ority

, an

d t

o

whom

they

should

rep

ort

in t

he

even

t of

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________



20


21

Unit 2: Using and interpreting engineering data and documentation

Unit reference number: Y/601/5102

QCF level: 2

Credit value: 5


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to make effective use of text, numeric and graphical information, by interpreting and using technical information extracted from documents such as engineering drawings, technical manuals, reference tables, specifications, technical sales/marketing documentation, charts or electronic displays, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to extract the necessary information from the various documents, in order to establish and carry out the work requirements, and to make valid decisions about the work activities based on the information extracted.





N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

22

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Use

and inte

rpre

t en

gin

eering d

ata a

nd

docu

men

tation

1.1

use

the

appro

ved s

ourc

e to

obta

in t

he

required

dat

a and d

ocu

men

tation

1.2

use

the

data

and d

ocu

men

tation a

nd c

arry

out

all of

the

follo

win

g:

–

chec

k th

e cu

rren

cy a

nd v

alid

ity

of th

e dat

a an

d

docu

men

tation u

sed

–

exer

cise

car

e an

d c

ontr

ol ove

r th

e docu

men

ts a

t al

l tim

es

–

corr

ectly

extr

act

all

nec

essa

ry d

ata

in o

rder

to

carr

y out

the

required

task

s –

se

ek o

ut

additio

nal

info

rmation w

her

e th

ere

are

gap

s or

def

icie

nci

es in t

he

info

rmat

ion o

bta

ined

–

dea

l w

ith o

r re

port

any

pro

ble

ms

found w

ith t

he

dat

a and d

ocu

men

tation

–

mak

e va

lid d

ecis

ions

bas

ed o

n t

he

evalu

atio

n o

f th

e en

gin

eering info

rmat

ion e

xtra

cted

fro

m t

he

docu

men

ts

–

retu

rn a

ll docu

men

ts t

o t

he

appro

ved loca

tion o

n

com

ple

tion o

f th

e w

ork

–

co

mple

te a

ll nec

essa

ry w

ork

-rel

ated

docu

men

tation s

uch

as

pro

duct

ion

docu

men

tation,

inst

alla

tion d

ocu

men

tation,

mai

nte

nan

ce d

ocu

men

tation,

pla

nnin

g

docu

men

tation

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

23

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.3

co

rrec

tly

iden

tify

, in

terp

ret

and e

xtra

ct t

he

required

in

form

atio

n

1.4

ex

tract

info

rmat

ion t

hat

incl

udes

thre

e of

the

follo

win

g:

–

mat

eria

ls o

r co

mponen

ts r

equired

–

dim

ensi

ons

–

tole

rance

s

–

build

qual

ity

–

in

stal

lation r

equirem

ents

–

cu

stom

er r

equirem

ents

–

tim

e sc

ales

–

finan

cial

info

rmation

–

oper

atin

g p

aram

eter

s –

su

rface

tex

ture

req

uirem

ents

–

lo

cation/o

rien

tation o

f part

s –

pro

cess

or

trea

tmen

ts r

equired

–

dis

man

tlin

g/a

ssem

bly

seq

uen

ce

–

insp

ection/t

esting r

equirem

ents

–

num

ber

/volu

mes

req

uired

–

re

pai

r/se

rvic

e m

ethods

–

met

hod o

f m

anufa

cture

–

w

eld t

ype

and s

ize

–

oper

atio

ns

required

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

24

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

–

co

nnec

tions

to b

e m

ade

–

surf

ace

fin

ish r

equired

–

sh

ape

or

pro

file

s –

fa

ult-f

indin

g p

roce

dure

s –

sa

fety

/ris

k fa

ctors

–

en

viro

nm

enta

l co

ntr

ols

–

sp

ecific

data

(su

ch a

s co

mponen

t dat

a,

mai

nte

nan

ce d

ata

, el

ectr

ical

dat

a, flu

id d

ata

) –

re

sourc

es (

such

as

tools

, eq

uip

men

t, p

erso

nnel

) –

utilit

y su

pply

det

ails

(su

ch a

s el

ectr

icity,

wat

er,

gas

, ai

r)

–

loca

tion o

f se

rvic

es,

incl

udin

g s

tandby

and

emer

gen

cy b

acku

p s

yste

ms

–

circ

uit c

har

acte

rist

ics

(such

as

pre

ssure

, flow

, cu

rren

t, v

oltag

e, s

pee

d)

–

pro

tect

ive

arra

ngem

ents

and e

quip

men

t (s

uch

as

conta

inm

ent,

envi

ronm

enta

l co

ntr

ols

, w

arnin

g

and e

vacu

atio

n s

yste

ms

and e

quip

men

t)

–

oth

er s

pec

ific

rel

ated

info

rmat

ion

1.5

use

the

info

rmat

ion o

bta

ined

to e

nsu

re t

hat

work

outp

ut

mee

ts t

he

spec

ific

atio

n

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

25

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.6

use

info

rmat

ion e

xtra

cted

fro

m d

ocu

men

ts t

o

incl

ude

one

from

the

follo

win

g:

–

dra

win

gs

(such

as

com

ponen

t dra

win

gs,

as

sem

bly

dra

win

gs,

modific

ation d

raw

ings,

re

pai

r dra

win

gs,

wel

din

g/f

abrica

tion d

raw

ings,

dis

trib

ution a

nd inst

alla

tion d

raw

ings)

–

dia

gra

ms

(such

as

schem

atic

, fluid

pow

er

dia

gra

ms,

pip

ing,

wirin

g/c

ircu

it d

iagra

ms)

–

m

anufa

cture

rs m

anual

s/dra

win

gs

–

appro

ved s

ketc

hes

–

te

chnic

al illu

stra

tions

–

photo

gra

phic

rep

rese

nta

tions

–

visu

al dis

pla

y sc

reen

info

rmation

–

tech

nic

al s

ales

/mar

keting d

ocu

men

tation

–

contr

act

ual docu

men

tation

–

oth

er s

pec

ific

dra

win

gs/

docu

men

ts

1.7

use

info

rmat

ion e

xtra

cted

fro

m r

elat

ed

docu

men

tation,

to incl

ude

two f

rom

the

follo

win

g:

–

inst

ruct

ions

(such

as

job inst

ruct

ions,

dra

win

g

inst

ruct

ions,

man

ufa

cture

rs inst

ruct

ions)

–

sp

ecific

atio

ns

(such

as

mate

rial, fin

ish,

pro

cess

, co

ntr

act

ual, c

alib

ration)

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

26

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

–

re

fere

nce

mat

eria

ls (

such

as

man

ual

s, t

able

s,

char

ts,

guid

es,

note

s)

–

sched

ule

s –

oper

atio

n s

hee

ts

–

serv

ice/

test

info

rmation

–

pla

nnin

g d

ocu

men

tation

–

qual

ity

contr

ol docu

men

ts

–

com

pan

y sp

ecific

tec

hnic

al inst

ruct

ions

–

nat

ional

, in

tern

atio

nal

and o

rgan

isat

ional

st

andar

ds

–

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty s

tandar

ds

rela

ting t

o t

he

act

ivity

(such

as

CO

SH

H)

–

oth

er s

pec

ific

rel

ated

docu

men

tation

1.8

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith a

ny

pro

ble

ms

within

thei

r co

ntr

ol and r

eport

those

whic

h c

annot

be

solv

ed

1.9

re

port

any

inac

cura

cies

or

dis

crep

anci

es in

docu

men

tation a

nd s

pec

ific

atio

ns

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

27

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2

Know

how

to u

se a

nd

inte

rpre

t en

gin

eering d

ata

and d

ocu

men

tation

2.1

ex

pla

in w

hat

info

rmation s

ourc

es a

re u

sed f

or

the

dat

a an

d d

ocu

men

tation t

hat

they

use

in t

hei

r w

ork

ac

tivi

ties

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

docu

men

ts a

re o

bta

ined

, an

d h

ow

to

chec

k th

at t

hey

are

curr

ent

and v

alid

2.3

ex

pla

in t

he

bas

ic p

rinci

ple

s of co

nfiden

tial

ity

(incl

udin

g w

hat

info

rmat

ion s

hould

be

ava

ilable

and

to w

hom

)

2.4

des

crib

e th

e diffe

rent

way

s/fo

rmat

s th

at d

ata

and

docu

men

tation c

an b

e pre

sente

d (

such

as

such

as

dra

win

gs,

job inst

ruct

ions

pro

duct

dat

a sh

eets

, m

anufa

cture

rs’ m

anual

s, f

inan

cial

spre

adsh

eets

, pro

duct

ion s

ched

ule

s, insp

ection a

nd c

alib

ration

requirem

ents

, cu

stom

er info

rmat

ion)

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

to u

se o

ther

sourc

es o

f in

form

atio

n t

o

support

the

dat

a (

such

as

elec

tronic

com

ponen

t pin

co

nfigura

tion s

pec

ific

atio

ns,

ref

eren

ce c

hart

s,

stan

dar

ds,

ben

d a

llow

ance

s re

quired

for

mat

eria

l th

ickn

ess,

ele

ctrica

l co

nditio

ns

required

for

spec

ific

w

eldin

g r

ods,

mix

ing r

atio

s fo

r bondin

g a

nd

finis

hin

g m

ater

ials

, m

etal

spec

ific

atio

ns

and

insp

ection r

equirem

ents

, hea

lth a

nd s

afet

y docu

men

tation)

2.6

des

crib

e th

e im

port

ance

of

diffe

rentiat

ing f

act

from

opin

ion w

hen

rev

iew

ing d

ata a

nd d

ocu

men

tation

2.7

des

crib

e th

e im

port

ance

of an

alys

ing a

ll av

aila

ble

dat

a an

d d

ocu

men

tation b

efore

dec

isio

ns

are

made

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

28

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.8

des

crib

e th

e diffe

rent

way

s of st

oring a

nd

org

anis

ing d

ata

and d

ocu

men

tation t

o e

nsu

re e

asy

ac

cess

2.9

des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

s fo

r re

port

ing d

iscr

epan

cies

in

the

dat

a o

r docu

men

tation,

and for

report

ing lost

or

dam

aged

docu

men

ts

2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e im

port

ance

of

keep

ing a

ll dat

a a

nd

docu

men

tation u

p t

o d

ate

during t

he

work

act

ivity,

an

d t

he

implic

ations

of th

is n

ot

bei

ng d

one

2.1

1

expla

in t

he

care

and c

ontr

ol pro

cedure

s fo

r th

e docu

men

ts,

and h

ow

dam

age

or

gra

ffiti on

docu

men

ts c

an lea

d t

o s

crap

ped

work

2.1

2

expla

in t

he

import

ance

of re

turn

ing d

ocu

men

ts t

o

the

des

ignat

ed loca

tion o

n c

om

ple

tion o

f th

e w

ork

ac

tivi

ties

2.1

3

expla

in w

hat

basi

c dra

win

g c

onve

ntions

are

use

d

and w

hy

ther

e nee

ds

to b

e diffe

rent

types

of

dra

win

gs

(such

as

isom

etric

and o

rthogra

phic

, firs

t an

d t

hird a

ngle

, ass

embly

dra

win

gs,

circu

it a

nd

wirin

g d

iagra

ms,

blo

ck a

nd s

chem

atic

dia

gra

ms

2.1

4

expla

in w

hat

typ

es o

f docu

men

tation a

re u

sed a

nd

how

they

inte

rrel

ate

(such

as

pro

duct

ion d

raw

ings,

ass

embly

dra

win

gs,

circu

it a

nd w

irin

g d

iagra

ms,

blo

ck a

nd s

chem

atic

dia

gra

ms)

2.1

5

expla

in t

he

imper

ial and m

etric

syst

ems

of

mea

sure

men

t; t

ole

ranci

ng a

nd f

ixed

ref

eren

ce

poin

ts

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

29

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

6

des

crib

e th

e m

eanin

g o

f th

e diffe

rent

sym

bols

and

abbre

viat

ions

found o

n t

he

docu

men

ts t

hat

they

use

(su

ch a

s su

rfac

e finis

h,

elec

tronic

com

ponen

ts,

wel

d s

ymbols

, lin

ear

and g

eom

etric

tole

rance

s,

pre

ssure

and flo

w c

har

acte

rist

ics)

2.1

7

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

when

to a

ct o

n t

hei

r ow

n initia

tive

to f

ind,

clar

ify

and e

valu

ate

info

rmation,

and t

o w

hom

they

should

re

port

if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________



30


31

Unit 3: Working efficiently and effectively in engineering

Unit reference number: K/601/5055

QCF level: 3

Credit value: 5


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to work efficiently and effectively in the workplace, in accordance with approved procedures and practices. Prior to undertaking the engineering activity, the learner will be required to carry out all necessary preparations within the scope of their responsibility. This may include preparing the work area and ensuring that it is in a safe condition to carry out the intended activities, ensuring they have the appropriate job specifications and instructions and that any tools, equipment, materials and other resources required are available and in a safe and usable condition.





N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

32

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Work

eff

icie

ntly

and

effe

ctiv

ely

in e

ngin

eering

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

pre

par

e th

e w

ork

are

a to

car

ry o

ut

the

engin

eering

activi

ty

1.3

pre

par

e to

car

ry o

ut

the

engin

eering a

ctiv

ity,

taki

ng

into

consi

der

atio

n a

ll of th

e fo

llow

ing,

as a

pplic

able

to

the

work

to b

e under

take

n:

–

the

work

are

a is

fre

e fr

om

haz

ards

and is

suitab

ly p

repar

ed for

the

act

ivitie

s to

be

under

take

n

–

any

required

safe

ty p

roce

dure

s ar

e im

ple

men

ted

–

any

nec

essa

ry p

erso

nal

pro

tect

ion e

quip

men

t is

obta

ined

and is

in a

usa

ble

conditio

n

–

tools

and e

quip

men

t re

quired

are

obta

ined

and

chec

ked t

hat

they

are

in a

safe

and u

seab

le

conditio

n

–

all nec

essa

ry d

raw

ings,

spec

ific

ations

and

asso

ciate

d d

ocu

men

tation is

obta

ined

–

jo

b inst

ruct

ions

are

obta

ined

and u

nder

stood

–

the

corr

ect

mat

eria

ls o

r co

mponen

ts a

re

obta

ined

–

st

ora

ge

arr

angem

ents

for

work

are

appro

priat

e –

ap

pro

priat

e au

thorisa

tion t

o c

arr

y out

the

work

is

obta

ined

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

33

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.4

ch

eck

that

ther

e ar

e su

ffic

ient

supplie

s of

mat

eria

ls

and/o

r co

nsu

mab

les

and t

hat

they

mee

t w

ork

re

quirem

ents

1.5

en

sure

that

com

ple

ted p

roduct

s or

reso

urc

es a

re

store

d in t

he

appro

pri

ate

loca

tion o

n c

om

ple

tion o

f th

e act

ivitie

s 1.6

co

mple

te w

ork

act

ivitie

s, t

o incl

ude

all of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

com

ple

ting a

ll nec

essa

ry d

ocu

men

tation

accu

rate

ly a

nd leg

ibly

–

re

turn

ing t

ools

and e

quip

men

t

–

retu

rnin

g d

raw

ings

and w

ork

inst

ruct

ions

–

iden

tify

ing,

wher

e appro

priat

e, a

ny

unusa

ble

to

ols

, eq

uip

men

t or

com

ponen

ts

–

arra

ngin

g for

dis

posa

l of w

aste

mat

eria

ls

1.7

tidy

up t

he

work

are

a o

n c

om

ple

tion o

f th

e en

gin

eering a

ctiv

ity

1.8

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith p

roble

ms

within

th

eir

contr

ol an

d r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

reso

lved

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

34

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.9

dea

l w

ith p

roble

ms

affe

ctin

g t

he

engin

eering

pro

cess

, to

incl

ude

two o

f th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

mat

eria

ls

–

tools

and e

quip

men

t –

dra

win

gs

–

job s

pec

ific

atio

n

–

qual

ity

–

peo

ple

–

tim

esca

les

–

safe

ty

–

activi

ties

or

pro

cedure

s 1.1

0

contr

ibute

to a

nd c

om

munic

ate

opport

unitie

s fo

r im

pro

vem

ent

to w

ork

ing p

ract

ices

and p

roce

dure

s

1.1

1

mak

e re

com

men

dat

ions

for

impro

ving t

o t

wo o

f th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

work

ing p

ract

ices

–

w

ork

ing m

ethods

–

qual

ity

–

safe

ty

–

tools

and e

quip

men

t –

su

pplie

r re

lationsh

ips

–

inte

rnal

com

munic

atio

n

–

cust

om

er s

ervi

ce

–

trai

nin

g a

nd d

evel

opm

ent

–

team

work

–

oth

er

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

35

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.1

2

mai

nta

in e

ffec

tive

work

ing r

elat

ionsh

ips

with

colle

agues

to incl

ude

two o

f th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

colle

agues

within

ow

n w

ork

ing g

roup

–

colle

agues

outs

ide

norm

al w

ork

ing g

roup

–

line

man

agem

ent

–

exte

rnal

conta

cts

1.1

3

revi

ew p

erso

nal

tra

inin

g a

nd d

evel

opm

ent

as

appro

priat

e to

the

job r

ole

1.1

4

revi

ew p

erso

nal

dev

elopm

ent

obje

ctiv

es a

nd

targ

ets

to incl

ude

one

of

the

follo

win

g:

–

dual

or

multi-

skill

ing

–

trai

nin

g o

n n

ew e

quip

men

t/te

chnolo

gy

–

incr

ease

d r

esponsi

bili

ty

–

under

stan

din

g o

f co

mpan

y w

ork

ing p

ract

ices

, pro

cedure

s, p

lans

and p

olic

ies

–

oth

er s

pec

ific

req

uirem

ents

2

Know

how

to w

ork

ef

fici

ently

and e

ffec

tive

ly

in e

ngin

eering

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sa

fe w

ork

ing p

ract

ices

and p

roce

dure

s to

be

follo

wed

whils

t pre

paring a

nd t

idyi

ng u

p t

hei

r w

ork

are

a 2.2

des

crib

e th

e co

rrec

t use

of an

y eq

uip

men

t use

d t

o

pro

tect

the

hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty o

f th

emse

lves

and

thei

r co

lleagues

2.3

des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

for

ensu

ring t

hat

all

docu

men

tation r

elat

ing t

o t

he

work

bei

ng c

arried

out

is a

vaila

ble

and c

urr

ent,

pri

or

to s

tart

ing t

he

activi

ty

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

36

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.4

des

crib

e th

e ac

tion t

hat

should

be

take

n if

docu

men

tation r

ecei

ved is

inco

mple

te a

nd/o

r in

corr

ect

2.5

des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

for

ensu

ring t

hat

all to

ols

an

d e

quip

men

t are

ava

ilable

prior

to u

nder

taki

ng

the

act

ivity

2.6

des

crib

e th

e ch

ecks

to b

e ca

rrie

d o

ut

to e

nsu

re t

hat

to

ols

and e

quip

men

t ar

e in

full

work

ing o

rder

, prior

to u

nder

taki

ng t

he

act

ivity

2.7

des

crib

e th

e ac

tion t

hat

should

be

take

n if to

ols

and

equip

men

t ar

e not

in f

ull

work

ing o

rder

2.8

des

crib

e th

e ch

ecks

to b

e ca

rrie

d o

ut

to e

nsu

re t

hat

al

l m

ater

ials

req

uired

are

corr

ect

and c

om

ple

te,

prior

to u

nder

taki

ng t

he

activi

ty

2.9

des

crib

e th

e ac

tion t

hat

should

be

take

n if m

ater

ials

do n

ot

mee

t th

e re

quirem

ents

of th

e act

ivity

2.1

0

expla

in w

hom

to info

rm w

hen

the

work

act

ivity

has

bee

n c

om

ple

ted

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e in

form

ation a

nd/o

r docu

men

tation

required

to c

onfirm

that

the

activi

ty h

as

bee

n

com

ple

ted

2.1

2

expla

in w

hat

mat

eria

ls,

equip

men

t an

d t

ools

can

be

reuse

d

2.1

3

expla

in h

ow

any

was

te m

ate

rials

and/o

r pro

duct

s ar

e tr

ansf

erre

d,

store

d a

nd d

ispose

d o

f 2.1

4

expla

in w

her

e to

ols

and e

quip

men

t sh

ould

be

store

d a

nd loca

ted

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

37

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

5

des

crib

e th

e im

port

ance

of

mak

ing

reco

mm

endat

ions

for

impro

ving w

ork

ing p

ract

ices

2.1

6

des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

and f

orm

at for

mak

ing

sugges

tions

for

impro

vem

ents

2.1

7

des

crib

e th

e ben

efits

to o

rgan

isat

ions

if

impro

vem

ents

can

be

iden

tified

2.1

8

des

crib

e th

e im

port

ance

of

mai

nta

inin

g e

ffec

tive

w

ork

ing r

elat

ionsh

ips

within

the

work

pla

ce

2.1

9

des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

s to

dea

l w

ith a

nd r

eport

any

pro

ble

ms

that

can

affec

t w

ork

ing r

elat

ionsh

ips

2.2

0

des

crib

e th

e difficu

ltie

s th

at

can o

ccur

in w

ork

ing

rela

tionsh

ips

2.2

1

des

crib

e th

e re

gula

tions

that

affec

t how

they

should

be

trea

ted a

t w

ork

(su

ch a

s Equal

Opport

unitie

s Act

, Rac

e an

d S

ex D

iscr

imin

ation,

Work

ing T

ime

Direc

tive

) 2.2

2

des

crib

e th

e ben

efits

of

continuous

per

sonal

dev

elopm

ent

2.2

3

des

crib

e th

e tr

ain

ing o

pport

unitie

s th

at a

re

avai

lable

in t

he

work

pla

ce

2.2

4

des

crib

e th

e im

port

ance

of

revi

ewin

g t

hei

r tr

ainin

g

and d

evel

opm

ent

2.2

5

expla

in w

ith w

hom

to d

iscu

ss t

rain

ing a

nd

dev

elopm

ent

issu

es

2.2

6

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty a

nd

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

if th

ey h

ave

any

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

38

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


39

Unit 4: Marking out wood and composite materials

Unit reference number: D/502/9315

QCF level: 3

Credit value: 21


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to prepare for and mark out materials and components used in engineering woodworking and model making, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will need to interpret correctly the information contained in the drawings, instructions and specifications, in order to mark out the materials and components accurately and correctly. The learner will be required to select the appropriate marking-out equipment to be used, based on the features to be marked out and the accuracy required. The learner will need to use these instruments to mark out datums, profiles, simple joints, hole positions, assembly positions and cutting lines which will be followed when producing the required components. Materials to be marked out will include softwoods, hardwoods and composites, which may be in sheet form, stock sections, or part-manufactured components or sub-assemblies. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the marking-out activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the marking-out equipment, materials or activities that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying marking-out methods and procedures to engineering woodworking and model-making components. The learner’s knowledge will be sufficient to enable them to identify incomplete, conflicting or inadequate information, and to carry out the marking-out activities to the required specification. The learner will know about the various tools that can be used in the marking-out process and why it is important to mark out accurately and legibly. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when working with marking-out mediums, tools and equipment, and will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout. The learner will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.



40




This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

41

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

M

ark

out

wood a

nd

com

posi

te m

ater

ials

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

obta

in a

nd u

se t

he

corr

ect

info

rmation for

the

mar

king-o

ut

activi

ties

, to

incl

ude

thre

e fr

om

the

follo

win

g:

–

dra

win

gs

–

spec

ific

atio

ns

–

verb

al in

stru

ctio

ns

–

sket

ches

1.3

obta

in t

he

appro

priat

e m

arki

ng-o

ut

equip

men

t an

d

chec

k th

at it

is in a

usa

ble

conditio

n

1.4

use

a r

ange

of m

arki

ng-o

ut

equip

men

t, t

o incl

ude

six

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

ru

les

and t

apes

–

div

ider

s, c

om

pas

ses

or

tram

mel

s –

sc

riber

s or

kniv

es

–

squar

es

–

stra

ight

edge

–

pro

tract

ors

or

bev

el g

auges

–

punch

es

–

mar

king g

auges

–

pen

cils

–

ve

e blo

cks

–

angle

pla

tes

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

42

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.5

pre

par

e su

itab

le d

atum

s an

d m

arki

ng-o

ut

surf

aces

1.6

m

ark

out

usi

ng a

ppro

priat

e m

ethods

1.7

use

mar

king-o

ut

met

hods

and t

echniq

ues

, w

hic

h

incl

ude

one

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

direc

t m

arki

ng u

sing inst

rum

ents

–

use

of

tem

pla

tes

–

trac

ing/t

ransf

er m

ethods

1.8

m

ark

out

thre

e of

the

follo

win

g:

–

fram

es

–

stora

ge

units

–

case

s –

fu

rniture

–

jigs

–

fixt

ure

s –

tr

ansp

ort

ation u

nits

–

form

ers

–

stru

cture

s –

oth

er s

pec

ific

ite

ms

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

43

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.9

m

ark

out

work

pie

ces,

to incl

ude

seve

n o

f th

e fo

llow

ing fea

ture

s:

–

dat

um

s/ce

ntr

e lin

es

–

mac

hin

ing g

uid

elin

es

–

squar

e/re

ctan

gula

r pro

file

s –

an

gle

s/an

gula

r pro

file

s –

ci

rcle

s

–

conto

ure

d p

rofile

s –

lin

ear

hole

posi

tions

–

radia

l hole

posi

tions

–

join

ts

–

asse

mbly

posi

tions

1.1

0

chec

k th

at t

he

mar

king o

ut

com

plie

s w

ith t

he

spec

ific

atio

n

1.1

1

pro

duce

mar

ked-o

ut

com

ponen

ts w

hic

h m

eet

all

of

the

follo

win

g q

ual

ity

and a

ccura

cy s

tandar

ds:

–

dim

ensi

onal

ly a

ccura

te t

o d

raw

ing o

r sp

ecific

atio

n

–

has

cle

arly

form

ed lin

es a

nd p

rofile

s –

w

aste

mat

eria

l is

cle

arly

iden

tified

–

dat

um

fac

es/p

oin

ts a

re c

lear

ly m

arke

d a

nd

iden

tified

1.1

2

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith p

roble

ms

within

th

eir

contr

ol an

d r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

reso

lved

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

44

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.

Know

how

to m

ark

out

wood a

nd c

om

posi

te

mat

eria

ls

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

saf

ety

pre

cautions

to b

e ta

ken

when

mar

king o

ut

wood a

nd c

om

posi

te m

ater

ials

, an

d w

ith t

he

tools

and e

quip

men

t th

at a

re u

sed

2.2

des

crib

e th

e haz

ards

asso

ciate

d w

ith t

he

mar

king-

out

act

ivitie

s (m

arki

ng-o

ut

equip

men

t use

d,

lifting

and h

andlin

g s

hee

t m

ater

ial, long len

gth

s of

mat

eria

ls,

splin

ters

fro

m w

ood),

and h

ow

they

can

be

min

imis

ed

2.3

des

crib

e th

e pro

cess

to b

e ad

opte

d t

o o

bta

in t

he

required

dra

win

gs

and job inst

ruct

ions

2.4

ex

pla

in h

ow

to e

xtra

ct info

rmat

ion fro

m

engin

eering d

raw

ings

and r

elat

ed s

pec

ific

ations

(to

incl

ude

sym

bols

and c

onve

ntions

in r

elat

ion t

o w

ork

under

take

n,

firs

t an

d t

hird a

ngle

pro

ject

ions)

2.5

des

crib

e th

e princi

ple

s of m

arki

ng o

ut

and t

he

type

of eq

uip

men

t use

d

2.6

des

crib

e th

e ra

nge

of

oper

atio

ns

that

the

various

mar

king-o

ut

equip

men

t is

cap

able

of

per

form

ing

2.7

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

repare

the

mat

eria

ls in r

eadin

ess

for

the

mark

ing-o

ut

activi

ties

, in

ord

er t

o e

nhan

ce

clar

ity,

acc

ura

cy a

nd s

afet

y (v

isual

ly c

hec

king f

or

def

ects

, pre

par

ing t

he

mat

eria

ls,

rem

ovi

ng s

harp

co

rner

s an

d e

dges

)

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

45

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to s

elec

t an

d e

stablis

h s

uitable

dat

um

s 2.9

ex

pla

in t

he

import

ance

of en

suring t

hat

mark

ing

out

is u

nder

take

n fro

m t

he

sele

cted

dat

um

s, a

nd

the

poss

ible

effec

ts o

f w

ork

ing fro

m d

iffe

rent

dat

um

s 2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e m

ethods

of hold

ing a

nd s

upport

ing

work

pie

ces

during t

he

mar

king-o

ut

activi

ties

, an

d

equip

men

t th

at c

an b

e use

d

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e use

of m

arki

ng-o

ut

conve

ntions

when

m

arki

ng o

ut

the

work

pie

ce (

incl

udin

g d

atum

s;

cutt

ing g

uid

elin

es;

squar

e an

d r

ecta

ngula

r pro

file

s;

circ

ula

r an

d r

adia

l pro

file

s; a

ngle

s; h

ole

s w

hic

h a

re

linea

rly

posi

tioned

, boxe

d a

nd o

n p

itch

circl

es)

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e use

of geo

met

rica

l co

nst

ruct

ion

met

hods

applie

d t

o m

arki

ng o

ut

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e w

ays

of

layi

ng o

ut

the

mar

king-o

ut

shap

es o

r pat

tern

s to

max

imis

e th

e use

of

mat

eria

ls

2.1

4

expla

in h

ow

to s

et a

nd a

dju

st t

he

tools

(su

ch a

s sq

uar

es,

pro

tract

ors

, m

arki

ng g

auges

) 2.1

5

des

crib

e th

e im

port

ance

of usi

ng t

ools

only

for

the

purp

ose

inte

nded

; th

e ca

re t

hat

is

required

when

usi

ng t

he

equip

men

t an

d t

ools

; th

e pro

per

way

of

storing t

ools

and e

quip

men

t bet

wee

n o

per

atio

ns

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

46

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

6

expla

in t

he

nee

d for

clea

r lin

es a

nd d

imen

sional

ac

cura

cy in m

arki

ng o

ut

to s

pec

ific

atio

n a

nd

dra

win

g r

equirem

ents

2.1

7

des

crib

e th

e th

ings

that

can

go w

rong w

ith t

he

mar

king-o

ut

activi

ties

, an

d h

ow

thes

e ca

n b

e av

oid

ed

2.1

8

des

crib

e th

e st

andar

ds

to b

e at

tain

ed a

nd c

om

pan

y qual

ity

contr

ol pro

cedure

s 2.1

9

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


47

Unit 5: Producing components using woodworking machines


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 55


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to produce engineering woodworking components using machine tools, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate equipment to use, based on the type of operations to be performed, the size of the components and the materials used. The production of the components will involve the use of both fixed and portable conventional machines, which are designed specifically for wood and composite materials. The size and complexity of the components produced will vary, and this will require the learner to set up the necessary machines and their associated tooling, and to make any necessary adjustments during machining, in order that the parts produced meet the required specification. The components produced will be used to produce any of the following: frames, cases, storage units, jigs and fixtures, formers, transportation units, furniture and structures. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the machining activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the activities, materials or equipment used that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying woodwork machining procedures. The learner will understand the equipment being used, and its application, and will know about the tooling, machine-setting arrangements and safety devices, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the work output is to the required specification. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the machining activities. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.



48





N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

49

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

Produce

com

ponen

ts u

sing

woodw

ork

ing m

ach

ines

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

ca

rry

out

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing d

uri

ng t

he

mach

inin

g

act

ivitie

s:

–

obta

in a

ll th

e nec

essa

ry info

rmation t

o c

arry

out

the

mach

inin

g a

ctiv

itie

s (d

raw

ings,

sp

ecific

atio

ns)

–

ch

eck

that

the

mac

hin

es t

ools

are

fit f

or

purp

ose

an

d a

re in a

safe

and u

sable

conditio

n

–

ensu

re t

he

work

are

a is

free

fro

m h

azard

s –

en

sure

all

mac

hin

e guar

ds

and s

afet

y dev

ices

ar

e co

rrec

tly

posi

tioned

–

ch

eck

that

dust

ext

ract

ion e

quip

men

t is

fu

nct

ionin

g c

orr

ectly

–

set

and a

dju

st t

he

mac

hin

e to

pro

duce

the

com

ponen

ts t

o t

he

required

spec

ific

ation

–

use

saf

e and a

ppro

ved m

ach

inin

g t

echniq

ues

at

all tim

es

1.3

co

nfirm

that

the

mach

ine

is s

et u

p a

nd r

eady

for

the

mach

inin

g a

ctiv

itie

s to

be

carr

ied o

ut

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

50

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.4

use

fix

ed/p

ort

able

mac

hin

es,

to incl

ude

seve

n o

f th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

circ

ula

r sa

w

–

ban

d s

aw

–

jig s

aw

–

sander

(eg

face

, bel

t, b

obbin

) –

ro

ute

r –

pla

ner

/thic

knes

ser

–

m

ort

icer

/ten

oner

–

co

mbin

g m

achin

e –

w

ood m

iller

–

sp

indle

mould

er (

single

or

double

) –

ben

ch o

r ped

esta

l drill

–

oth

er s

pec

ial-

purp

ose

mac

hin

e 1.5

m

anip

ula

te t

he

mac

hin

e to

ol co

ntr

ols

saf

ely

and

corr

ectly

in lin

e w

ith o

per

ational

pro

cedure

s

1.6

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts t

o t

he

required

qual

ity

and

within

the

spec

ifie

d d

imen

sional

acc

ura

cy

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

51

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.7

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts w

hic

h c

om

bin

e diffe

rent

featu

res

and c

ove

r te

n o

f th

e fo

llow

ing p

rofile

s:

–

flat

face

s –

par

alle

l fa

ces

–

squar

e fa

ces

–

angula

r/ta

per

ed face

s –

st

epped

fea

ture

s

–

slots

/gro

ove

s –

te

nons

–

mort

ices

–

hal

f-la

p join

ts

–

com

bed

join

ts

–

dove

tail

join

ts

–

rebat

es

–

curv

ed p

rofile

s –

co

nca

ve p

rofile

s –

co

nve

x pro

file

s –

drille

d h

ole

s

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

52

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.8

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts m

ade

from

four

of th

e fo

llow

ing m

ater

ials

:

–

soft

woods

–

har

d w

oods

–

ply

wood

–

blo

ckboard

–

har

dboar

d

–

fibre

boar

d (

MD

F)

–

pla

stic

mat

eria

ls

1.9

ca

rry

out

qual

ity

sam

plin

g c

hec

ks a

t su

itable

in

terv

als

1.1

0

use

appro

priat

e m

easu

ring e

quip

men

t an

d t

ools

to

chec

k five

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

dim

ensi

ons

–

flat

nes

s –

sq

uar

enes

s

–

alig

nm

ent

–

posi

tion

–

pro

file

–

dis

tort

ion/s

trai

ghtn

ess

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

53

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.1

1

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts w

hic

h m

eet

all of th

e fo

llow

ing

qual

ity

and a

ccura

cy s

tandar

ds:

–

dim

ensi

onal

ly a

ccura

te w

ithin

spec

ific

atio

n

tole

rance

s

–

free

fro

m f

alse

tool cu

ts a

nd m

ater

ial def

ects

–

in

terl

ock

ing c

om

ponen

ts (

join

ts)

are

secu

re

–

appro

priat

e su

rfac

e te

xture

–

m

eet

the

dra

win

g o

r sp

ecific

atio

n r

equirem

ents

1.1

2

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith p

roble

ms

within

th

eir

contr

ol an

d r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

solv

ed

1.1

3

shut

dow

n t

he

equip

men

t to

a s

afe

conditio

n o

n

concl

usi

on o

f th

e m

ach

inin

g a

ctiv

itie

s

2.

Know

how

to p

roduce

co

mponen

ts u

sing

woodw

ork

ing m

ach

ines

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

saf

ety

pre

cautions

to b

e ta

ken

whils

t ca

rryi

ng o

ut

the

wood m

ach

inin

g a

ctiv

itie

s (i

ncl

udin

g a

ny

spec

ific

leg

isla

tion,

regula

tions

or

codes

of

pra

ctic

e re

lating t

o t

he

activi

ties

, eq

uip

men

t or

mat

eria

ls)

2.2

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

work

are

a in w

hic

h t

hey

are

car

ryin

g o

ut

the

mac

hin

ing a

ctiv

itie

s, a

nd t

he

resp

onsi

bili

ty t

hey

pla

ce o

n t

he

learn

er

2.3

des

crib

e th

e use

of m

achin

e guard

s an

d e

mer

gen

cy

stop m

echan

ism

s 2.4

ex

pla

in h

ow

to s

et u

p a

nd u

se d

ust

ext

ract

ion

equip

men

t, a

nd t

he

import

ance

of en

suring t

he

equip

men

t is

oper

atin

g c

orr

ectly

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

54

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.5

des

crib

e th

e per

sonal pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t an

d

cloth

ing t

o b

e w

orn

during t

he

mac

hin

ing a

ctiv

itie

s 2.6

des

crib

e th

e haz

ards

asso

ciate

d w

ith m

achin

ing

wood a

nd c

om

posi

te m

ater

ials

, an

d h

ow

they

can

be

min

imis

ed

2.7

des

crib

e th

e im

port

ance

of

ensu

ring t

hat

all

mac

hin

e and p

ort

able

tools

are

use

d c

orr

ectly

and

within

thei

r per

mitte

d o

per

atin

g r

ange

2.8

ex

pla

in t

he

nee

d t

o e

nsu

re t

hat

all

plu

gs,

sock

ets

and c

able

s on p

ort

able

mach

ines

are

in a

saf

e an

d

usa

ble

conditio

n

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to o

bta

in t

he

nec

essa

ry job

inst

ruct

ions,

dra

win

gs

and s

pec

ific

atio

ns

that

are

use

d d

uring t

he

mach

inin

g a

ctiv

itie

s, a

nd h

ow

to

inte

rpre

t th

e in

form

ation

2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

mac

hin

es t

hat

are

use

d in

wood m

achin

ing,

and t

he

range

of oper

atio

ns

they

ar

e ca

pab

le o

f per

form

ing (

eg s

awin

g,

pla

nin

g,

rebat

ing,

pro

filin

g)

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

to c

hec

k th

at t

he

cutt

ing t

ools

are

in a

usa

ble

and s

afe

conditio

n,

and t

he

pro

cedure

for

chan

gin

g t

hes

e w

hen

req

uired

2.1

2

expla

in h

ow

diffe

rent

types

of

mac

hin

es u

se

diffe

rent

met

hods

to fee

d t

he

mat

eria

l to

the

cutt

ing/d

ress

ing t

ool or

surf

ace

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

55

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

met

hods

use

d t

o h

old

the

com

ponen

ts t

hat

are

bei

ng s

haped

, fo

rmed

or

dre

ssed

2.1

4

expla

in h

ow

diffe

rent

mat

eria

ls r

equire

chan

ges

to

the

mac

hin

ing m

ethods

(such

as

roughin

g a

nd

finis

hin

g c

uts

, ch

anges

in fee

d o

r sp

eeds)

2.1

5

expla

in h

ow

to c

onduct

any

nec

essa

ry c

hec

ks t

o

ensu

re t

he

accu

racy

and q

ual

ity

of th

e co

mponen

ts

pro

duce

d,

and t

he

type

of eq

uip

men

t th

at

is u

sed

to c

arry

out

thes

e ch

ecks

2.1

6

expla

in h

ow

to r

ecognis

e def

ects

in t

he

com

ponen

ts,

whic

h m

ay b

e m

ater

ial def

ects

or

those

pro

duce

d t

hro

ugh m

ach

inin

g

2.1

7

expla

in w

hy

it is

import

ant

to k

eep t

he

tools

and

equip

men

t cl

ean a

nd f

ree

from

dam

age,

to p

ract

ice

good h

ouse

keep

ing o

f to

ols

and e

quip

men

t, a

nd t

o

mai

nta

in a

cle

an a

nd u

nobst

ruct

ed w

ork

ing a

rea

2.1

8

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________



56


57

Unit 6: Producing and finishing components using woodworking hand tools

Unit reference number: T/502/9319

QCF level: 3

Credit value: 70


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to produce wood and composite components for engineering woodworking activities, using hand tools, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate tools to use, based on the type of operations to be performed, the size of the components, and the materials used. The size and complexity of the components produced will vary, but will involve finishing them using hand tools only. The components produced will be used to produce items such as frames, cases, storage units, jigs and fixtures, formers, transportation units, furniture and structures. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the activities, materials or equipment used that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying hand-finishing procedures to woodworking. The learner will understand the equipment being used, and its application, and will know about the cutting tools, their function and maintenance requirements, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the work output is to the required specification. The learner will be able to identify blunt and damaged cutting tools, and will know how to sharpen and adjust them in use, in order for them to work efficiently. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the hand-shaping activities. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.



58





N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

59

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

Produce

and fin

ish

com

ponen

ts u

sing

woodw

ork

ing h

and t

ools

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

ca

rry

out

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing d

uring t

he

han

d-

shap

ing a

ctiv

itie

s:

–

obta

in a

ll th

e nec

essa

ry info

rmation t

o c

arry

out

the

han

d-s

hap

ing a

ctiv

itie

s (d

raw

ings,

sp

ecific

atio

ns)

–

ch

eck

that

the

han

d t

ools

are

fit for

purp

ose

and

in a

saf

e and u

sable

conditio

n

–

ensu

re t

he

work

are

a is

free

fro

m h

azard

s –

use

saf

e and a

ppro

ved h

and-s

hap

ing t

echniq

ues

at

all

tim

es

–

mai

nta

in t

he

cutt

ing t

ools

in a

ser

vice

able

co

nditio

n

1.3

fo

llow

rel

evan

t sp

ecific

atio

ns

for

the

com

ponen

t to

be

pro

duce

d

1.4

obta

in t

he

appro

priat

e to

ols

and e

quip

men

t fo

r th

e sh

apin

g o

per

atio

ns

and c

hec

k th

ey a

re in a

safe

an

d u

sable

conditio

n

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

60

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.5

use

han

d t

ools

to c

ut

and s

hap

e m

ater

ials

, to

in

clude

six

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

rip s

aws

–

tenon s

aws

–

fret

/bow

saw

s –

ja

ck o

r sm

ooth

ing p

lanes

–

re

bat

ing p

lanes

–

sp

oke

shave

s –

ch

isel

s/gouges

–

drills

/bra

ces

–

file

s/ra

sps

–

sandin

g b

lock

s/paper

1.6

sh

ape

the

mat

eria

ls u

sing a

ppro

priat

e m

ethods

and

tech

niq

ues

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

61

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.7

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts w

hic

h c

om

bin

e diffe

rent

feat

ure

s and c

ove

r ei

ght

of th

e fo

llow

ing p

rofile

s:

–

flat

face

s –

par

alle

l fa

ces

–

squar

e fa

ces

–

angula

r/ta

per

ed face

s –

st

epped

fea

ture

s –

cu

rved

pro

file

s –

co

nca

ve p

rofile

s –

co

nve

x pro

file

s –

ci

rcula

r/ro

und p

rofile

s –

ch

amfe

rs a

nd r

adii

–

drille

d h

ole

s

–

sim

ple

join

ts

1.8

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts m

ade

from

four

of th

e fo

llow

ing m

ater

ials

:

–

soft

woods

–

har

d w

oods

–

ply

wood

–

blo

ckboard

–

har

dboar

d

–

fibre

boar

d (

MD

F)

–

pla

stic

mat

eria

ls

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

62

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.9

ch

eck

that

all

the

required

shap

ing o

per

atio

ns

have

bee

n c

om

ple

ted t

o t

he

required

spec

ific

atio

n

1.1

0

use

appro

priat

e m

easu

ring e

quip

men

t an

d t

ools

to

chec

k five

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

dim

ensi

ons

–

flat

nes

s –

sq

uar

enes

s

–

alig

nm

ent

–

posi

tion

–

pro

file

–

dis

tort

ion/s

trai

ghtn

ess

1.1

1

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts w

hic

h m

eet

all of th

e fo

llow

ing

qual

ity

and a

ccura

cy s

tandar

ds:

–

dim

ensi

onal

ly a

ccura

te w

ithin

spec

ific

atio

n

tole

rance

s

–

free

fro

m f

alse

tool cu

ts a

nd m

ater

ial def

ects

–

in

terl

ock

ing c

om

ponen

ts (

join

ts)

are

secu

re

–

hav

e an

appro

priat

e su

rfac

e te

xture

–

m

eet

the

dra

win

g r

equirem

ents

–

m

eet

com

pan

y an

d c

ust

om

er r

equirem

ents

1.1

2

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith p

roble

ms

within

th

eir

contr

ol an

d r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

solv

ed

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

63

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.

Know

how

to p

roduce

and

finis

h c

om

ponen

ts u

sing

woodw

ork

ing h

and t

ools

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

saf

ety

pre

cautions

to b

e ta

ken

whils

t ca

rryi

ng o

ut

the

wood-s

hap

ing a

ctiv

itie

s (i

ncl

udin

g a

ny

spec

ific

leg

isla

tion,

regula

tions

or

codes

of

pra

ctic

e re

lating t

o t

he

activi

ties

, eq

uip

men

t or

mat

eria

ls)

2.2

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

work

are

a in w

hic

h t

hey

are

car

ryin

g o

ut

the

woodw

ork

ing a

ctiv

itie

s, a

nd t

he

resp

onsi

bili

ty t

hey

pla

ce o

n t

he

learn

er

2.3

des

crib

e th

e per

sonal pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t an

d

cloth

ing t

o b

e w

orn

during t

he

woodw

ork

ing

activi

ties

2.4

des

crib

e th

e haz

ards

asso

ciate

d w

ith c

utt

ing a

nd

shap

ing w

ood a

nd c

om

posi

te m

ater

ials

, and w

ith

the

tools

and e

quip

men

t th

at is

use

d,

and h

ow

they

ca

n b

e m

inim

ised

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

to o

bta

in t

he

nec

essa

ry job

inst

ruct

ions,

dra

win

gs

and s

pec

ific

atio

ns

for

the

woodw

ork

ing a

ctiv

itie

s, a

nd h

ow

to inte

rpre

t th

e in

form

atio

n

2.6

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

han

d t

ools

that

are

use

d t

o c

ut

and s

hape

the

mate

rial

s, a

nd t

he

range

of

oper

atio

ns

they

are

cap

able

of

per

form

ing (

eg r

ip

saw

s, t

enon s

aws,

fre

t/bow

saw

s; s

mooth

ing

pla

nes

, ja

ck p

lanes

, re

bat

ing p

lanes

; ch

isel

s an

d

gouges

; file

s an

d r

asp

s; s

poke

shav

es)

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

64

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.7

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

hec

k th

e cu

ttin

g t

ools

are

in a

usa

ble

and s

afe

conditio

n,

and t

he

pro

cedure

for

shar

pen

ing a

nd a

dju

stin

g t

hes

e w

hen

req

uired

2.8

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

met

hods

use

d t

o h

old

the

com

ponen

ts t

hat

are

bei

ng s

haped

, fo

rmed

or

dre

ssed

by

han

d

2.9

ex

pla

in t

he

nee

d t

o c

onsi

der

gra

in d

irec

tion a

nd

const

ruct

ion w

hen

cutt

ing a

nd s

hap

ing w

ood a

nd

com

posi

tes

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

to c

onduct

any

nec

essa

ry c

hec

ks t

o

ensu

re t

he

accu

racy

and q

ual

ity

of th

e co

mponen

ts

pro

duce

d,

and t

he

type

of eq

uip

men

t th

at

is u

sed

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

to r

ecognis

e def

ects

in t

he

com

ponen

ts

(mat

eria

l def

ects

or

those

pro

duce

d t

hro

ugh t

he

cutt

ing a

nd s

hapin

g a

ctiv

itie

s)

2.1

2

expla

in w

hy

it is

import

ant

to k

eep t

he

tools

and

equip

men

t cl

ean a

nd f

ree

from

dam

age,

to p

ract

ice

good h

ouse

keep

ing o

f to

ols

and e

quip

men

t, a

nd t

o

mai

nta

in a

cle

an a

nd u

nobst

ruct

ed w

ork

ing a

rea

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

65

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________



66


67

Unit 7: Carrying out wood turning operations


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 60


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to produce engineering woodworking components using wood turning machines, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate equipment to use, based on the type of operations to be performed, the size of the components and the materials used. The size and complexity of the components produced will vary, and this will require the learner to set up the necessary machines and their associated workholding devices and tooling, and to make any necessary adjustments during machining in order that the parts produced meet the required specification. The components produced will be used to produce items such as frames, display stands/cases, storage units, jigs and fixtures, formers, transportation units, furniture and structures. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the wood turning activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the activities, materials or equipment used that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying wood turning procedures. The learner will understand the equipment being used, and its application, and will know about the tooling, workholding devices, machine setting arrangements and safety devices, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the work output is to the required specification. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the machining activities. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.



68





N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

69

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

Car

ry o

ut

wood t

urn

ing

oper

atio

ns

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

ca

rry

out

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing d

uri

ng t

he

mach

inin

g

act

ivitie

s:

–

obta

in a

ll th

e nec

essa

ry info

rmation t

o c

arry

out

the

wood t

urn

ing a

ctiv

itie

s (d

raw

ings,

sp

ecific

atio

ns)

–

ch

eck

that

the

lath

e an

d w

ork

hold

ing d

evic

es a

re

fit

for

purp

ose

and in a

safe

and u

sable

conditio

n

–

ensu

re t

hat

the

work

are

a is

fre

e fr

om

haza

rds

–

ensu

re t

hat

all m

ach

ine

guar

ds

and s

afe

ty

dev

ices

are

corr

ectly

posi

tioned

–

ch

eck

that

dust

ext

ract

ion e

quip

men

t is

fu

nct

ionin

g c

orr

ectly

–

set

and a

dju

st t

he

lath

e to

pro

duce

the

com

ponen

ts t

o t

he

required

spec

ific

ation

–

use

saf

e and a

ppro

ved m

ach

inin

g t

echniq

ues

at

all tim

es

1.3

co

nfirm

that

the

mach

ine

is s

et u

p a

nd r

eady

for

the

mach

inin

g a

ctiv

itie

s to

be

carr

ied o

ut

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

70

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.4

se

lect

and m

ount/

posi

tion t

ools

/toolr

ests

and

work

hold

ing d

evic

es,

to incl

ude

thre

e fr

om

the

follo

win

g:

–

drive

cen

tre

and t

ails

tock

–

sc

rew

chuck

–

fa

ce p

late

–

ch

uck

s –

sp

ecia

l se

curing d

evic

e

1.5

m

anip

ula

te t

he

mac

hin

e to

ol co

ntr

ols

saf

ely

and

corr

ectly

in lin

e w

ith o

per

ational

pro

cedure

s

1.6

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts w

hic

h c

om

bin

e diffe

rent

feat

ure

s, a

nd w

hic

h c

ove

r te

n o

f th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

flat

face

s –

par

alle

l dia

met

ers

–

step

ped

dia

met

ers

–

taper

ed d

iam

eter

s –

co

nve

x pro

file

s –

co

nca

ve o

r dis

hed

fac

es

–

ta

per

ed face

s –

pro

file

d d

iam

eter

s –

ex

tern

al gro

ove

s or

rece

sses

–

drille

d h

ole

s

–

bore

d h

ole

s –

ra

dii

and c

ham

fers

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

71

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.7

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts m

ade

from

tw

o o

f th

e fo

llow

ing m

ater

ials

:

–

soft

woods

–

har

d w

oods

–

com

posi

te (

such

as

MD

F, U

real)

1.8

ca

rry

out

qual

ity

sam

plin

g c

hec

ks a

t su

itable

in

terv

als

1.9

use

appro

priat

e m

easu

ring e

quip

men

t an

d t

ools

to

chec

k five

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

dim

ensi

ons

–

flat

nes

s –

sq

uar

enes

s

–

posi

tion o

f fe

ature

s –

pro

file

–

dis

tort

ion/s

trai

ghtn

ess

1.1

0

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts t

o t

he

required

qual

ity

and

within

the

spec

ifie

d d

imen

sional

acc

ura

cy

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

72

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.1

1

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts w

hic

h m

eet

all of th

e fo

llow

ing

qual

ity

and a

ccura

cy s

tandar

ds:

–

dim

ensi

onal

ly a

ccura

te w

ithin

spec

ific

atio

n

tole

rance

s

–

free

fro

m f

alse

tool cu

ts a

nd m

ater

ial def

ects

–

ap

pro

priat

e su

rfac

e te

xture

–

m

eet

the

dra

win

g o

r sp

ecific

atio

n r

equirem

ents

1.1

2

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith p

roble

ms

within

th

eir

contr

ol an

d r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

solv

ed

1.1

3

shut

dow

n t

he

equip

men

t to

a s

afe

conditio

n o

n

concl

usi

on o

f th

e m

ach

inin

g a

ctiv

itie

s

2.

Know

how

to c

arry

out

wood t

urn

ing o

per

atio

ns

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

saf

ety

pre

cautions

to b

e ta

ken

whils

t ca

rryi

ng o

ut

the

wood t

urn

ing a

ctiv

itie

s (i

ncl

udin

g a

ny

spec

ific

leg

isla

tion,

regula

tions

or

codes

of

pra

ctic

e re

lating t

o t

he

activi

ties

, eq

uip

men

t or

mat

eria

ls)

2.2

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

work

are

a in w

hic

h t

hey

are

car

ryin

g o

ut

the

wood

turn

ing a

ctiv

itie

s, a

nd t

he

resp

onsi

bili

ty t

hey

pla

ce

on t

he

lear

ner

2.3

des

crib

e th

e use

of m

achin

e guard

s an

d e

mer

gen

cy

stop m

echan

ism

s 2.4

ex

pla

in h

ow

to s

et u

p a

nd u

se d

ust

ext

ract

ion

equip

men

t, a

nd t

he

import

ance

of en

suring t

he

equip

men

t is

oper

atin

g c

orr

ectly

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

73

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.5

des

crib

e th

e per

sonal pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t an

d

cloth

ing t

o b

e w

orn

during t

he

wood t

urn

ing

activi

ties

, an

d w

her

e it c

an b

e obta

ined

2.6

des

crib

e th

e haz

ards

asso

ciate

d w

ith t

urn

ing w

ood

and c

om

posi

te m

ater

ials

, an

d h

ow

they

can b

e m

inim

ised

2.7

ex

pla

in t

he

import

ance

of en

suring t

hat

the

lath

e,

work

hold

ing d

evic

es a

nd t

urn

ing t

ools

are

use

d

corr

ectly

and w

ithin

thei

r per

mitte

d o

per

atin

g r

ange

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to o

bta

in t

he

nec

essa

ry job

inst

ruct

ions,

dra

win

gs

and s

pec

ific

atio

ns

for

the

mac

hin

ing a

ctiv

itie

s, a

nd inte

rpre

t th

e in

form

atio

n

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to s

et a

nd a

dju

st t

he

toolres

t fo

r th

e va

rious

oper

atio

ns

bei

ng p

erfo

rmed

2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e ra

nge

of

wood t

urn

ing t

ools

/chis

els

that

are

use

d,

and t

he

diffe

rent

oper

atio

ns

they

are

des

igned

to p

erfo

rm

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

to c

hec

k th

e w

ood t

urn

ing t

ools

are

in

a usa

ble

and s

afe

conditio

n,

and t

he

pro

cedure

for

chan

gin

g o

r sh

arp

enin

g t

hes

e w

hen

req

uired

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

met

hods

use

d t

o h

old

the

com

ponen

ts t

hat

are

bei

ng t

urn

ed

2.1

3

expla

in h

ow

to p

roduce

drille

d h

ole

s an

d b

ore

d

hole

s in

the

work

pie

ce,

and t

he

equip

men

t th

at is

use

d

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

74

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

4

expla

in w

hy

diffe

rent

mat

eria

ls r

equire

changes

to

the

mac

hin

ing m

ethods

(such

as

roughin

g a

nd

finis

hin

g c

uts

, ch

anges

in fee

d o

r sp

eeds

use

d t

o

cut

them

) 2.1

5

expla

in h

ow

to c

onduct

any

nec

essa

ry c

hec

ks t

o

ensu

re t

he

accu

racy

and q

ual

ity

of th

e co

mponen

ts

pro

duce

d,

and t

he

type

of eq

uip

men

t th

at

is u

sed

for

the

chec

king

2.1

6

expla

in h

ow

to r

ecognis

e def

ects

in t

he

com

ponen

ts

(mat

eria

l def

ects

or

those

pro

duce

d t

hro

ugh

mac

hin

ing)

2.1

7

expla

in w

hy

it is

import

ant

to k

eep t

he

tools

and

equip

men

t cl

ean a

nd f

ree

from

dam

age,

to p

ract

ice

good h

ouse

keep

ing o

f to

ols

and e

quip

men

t, a

nd t

o

mai

nta

in a

cle

an a

nd u

nobst

ruct

ed w

ork

ing a

rea

2.1

8

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


75

Unit 8: Assembling engineering woodwork

Unit reference number: M/502/9321

QCF level: 3

Credit value: 35


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to assemble wood and composite components for engineering woodwork applications using mechanical fixing devices and adhesives, in accordance with approved procedures. Assemblies produced will include such things as frames, display stands and cases, storage units, jigs and fixtures, formers, transportation units, furniture and structures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate tools and equipment to use, based on the operations to be performed and the type of components to be assembled, and to check that they are in a safe and serviceable condition. The learner will also be expected to select the appropriate fixing devices and adhesives to use, based on the type, size and material of the components to be assembled. The learner will need to identify and create any datums that will be required to locate the components during the assembly process. The size, shape and complexity of the parts to be assembled and the finished workpiece will vary, and it is anticipated that some components will be sub-assembled prior to the final assembly taking place. The assembly activities will also include making all necessary visual and dimensional checks to ensure the assembly meets the required specification. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the woodwork assembly activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the assembly activities, tools, adhesives or equipment used that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to the assembly of woodwork components. The learner will understand the function of the items being assembled, and its application, and will know about the assembly techniques, components, equipment, relevant materials, adhesives and fastening devices, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the finished assembly is to the required specification.



76

The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the assembly operations. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.





N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

77

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

Ass

emble

engin

eering

woodw

ork

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

ca

rry

out

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing d

uring t

he

asse

mbly

act

ivitie

s:

–

obta

in a

nd u

se t

he

corr

ect

issu

e of

docu

men

ts

and s

pec

ific

atio

ns

–

com

ply

with r

elev

ant

CO

SH

H s

hee

ts a

nd r

isk

asse

ssm

ent

stan

dar

ds

–

chec

k th

at a

ll to

ols

and e

quip

men

t ar

e in

a s

afe

an

d u

sable

conditio

n

–

obta

in a

ll th

e re

quired

com

ponen

ts a

nd s

ecuring

dev

ices

for

the

ass

embly

–

use

rec

ognis

ed a

nd a

ppro

ved a

ssem

bly

te

chniq

ues

and p

roce

dure

s –

pro

duce

ass

emblie

s w

hic

h c

om

ply

with t

he

spec

ific

atio

n

–

leav

e th

e w

ork

are

a in

a s

afe

conditio

n

1.3

fo

llow

the

rele

vant

inst

ruct

ions,

ass

embly

dra

win

gs

and a

ny

oth

er s

pec

ific

atio

ns

1.4

en

sure

that

the

spec

ifie

d c

om

ponen

ts a

re a

vaila

ble

an

d t

hat

they

are

in a

usa

ble

conditio

n

1.5

use

the

appro

priat

e m

ethods

and t

echniq

ues

to

asse

mble

the

com

ponen

ts in t

hei

r co

rrec

t posi

tions

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

78

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.6

ap

ply

all

of

the

follo

win

g a

ssem

bly

met

hods

and

tech

niq

ues

:

–

en

suring t

hat

corr

ect

and u

ndam

aged

co

mponen

ts a

re u

sed

–

ensu

ring t

hat

the

corr

ect

‘han

d’ of co

mponen

t is

use

d a

t th

e ap

pro

priat

e posi

tion (

left

or

right

han

ded

) –

en

suring t

he

corr

ect

orien

tation,

posi

tion a

nd

alig

nm

ent

of

com

ponen

ts

–

usi

ng c

ram

ps

to h

old

the

com

ponen

ts d

uring t

he

asse

mbly

act

ivitie

s –

se

curi

ng c

om

ponen

ts u

sing m

echan

ical

fast

ener

s (p

ins,

scr

ews,

nai

ls)

–

secu

ring c

om

ponen

ts u

sing a

dhes

ives

1.7

pro

duce

engin

eering w

oodw

ork

ass

emblie

s w

hic

h

incl

ude

four

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

fr

ames

–

st

ora

ge

units

–

show

sta

nds

or

case

s

–

furn

iture

–

jigs

–

fixt

ure

s –

tr

ansp

ort

ation u

nits

–

form

ers

–

stru

cture

s –

oth

er s

pec

ific

ite

ms

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

79

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.8

se

cure

the

com

ponen

ts u

sing t

he

spec

ifie

d

connec

tors

and s

ecuri

ng d

evic

es

1.9

ch

eck

the

com

ple

ted a

ssem

bly

to e

nsu

re t

hat

all

oper

atio

ns

hav

e bee

n c

om

ple

ted a

nd t

he

finis

hed

as

sem

bly

mee

ts t

he

required

spec

ific

atio

n

1.1

0

carr

y out

qual

ity

and a

ccura

cy c

hec

ks w

hic

h incl

ude

six

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

al

ignm

ent

–

posi

tion

–

dim

ensi

ons

–

flat

nes

s –

sq

uar

enes

s –

pro

file

–

dis

tort

ion/s

trai

ghtn

ess

1.1

1

pro

duce

woodw

ork

ass

emblie

s w

hic

h c

om

ply

with

all of

the

follo

win

g s

tandar

ds:

–

dim

ensi

onal

ly a

ccura

te w

ithin

spec

ific

atio

n

tole

rance

s

–

free

fro

m m

ater

ial def

ects

–

in

terl

ock

ing c

om

ponen

ts (

join

ts)

are

secu

re

–

appro

priat

e su

rfac

e te

xture

–

m

eet

the

dra

win

g o

r sp

ecific

atio

n r

equirem

ents

1.1

2

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith p

roble

ms

within

th

eir

contr

ol an

d r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

solv

ed

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

80

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.

Know

how

to a

ssem

ble

en

gin

eering w

oodw

ork

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

saf

ety

pre

cautions

to b

e ta

ken

whils

t ca

rryi

ng o

ut

the

woodw

ork

ass

embly

ac

tivi

ties

(in

cludin

g a

ny

spec

ific

leg

isla

tion,

regula

tions

or

codes

of pra

ctic

e re

lating t

o t

he

activi

ties

, eq

uip

men

t or

mat

eria

ls)

2.2

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

work

are

a in w

hic

h t

hey

are

car

ryin

g o

ut

the

woodw

ork

ass

embly

act

ivitie

s, a

nd t

he

resp

onsi

bili

ty t

hey

pla

ce o

n t

he

lear

ner

2.3

des

crib

e th

e per

sonal pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t an

d

cloth

ing t

o b

e w

orn

during t

he

woodw

ork

ass

embly

ac

tivi

ties

, an

d w

her

e it c

an b

e obta

ined

2.4

des

crib

e th

e haz

ards

asso

ciate

d w

ith p

roduci

ng

wood a

nd c

om

posi

te a

ssem

blie

s, a

nd h

ow

they

can

be

min

imis

ed

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

to o

bta

in t

he

nec

essa

ry job

inst

ruct

ions,

dra

win

gs

and s

pec

ific

atio

ns

for

the

asse

mbly

act

ivitie

s, a

nd h

ow

to inte

rpre

t th

e in

form

atio

n

2.6

ex

pla

in t

he

com

ponen

t id

entifica

tion s

yste

ms

(eg

codes

and c

om

ponen

t orien

tation indic

ators

, le

ft

and r

ight

han

din

g),

and h

ow

to iden

tify

the

com

ponen

ts t

o b

e use

d

2.7

des

crib

e th

e pre

par

atio

ns

to b

e under

take

n o

n t

he

com

ponen

ts p

rior

to f

itting t

hem

into

the

asse

mbly

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

81

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.8

des

crib

e th

e as

sem

bly

met

hods

and p

roce

dure

s to

be

use

d,

and t

he

import

ance

of

adher

ing t

o t

hes

e pro

cedure

s 2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to m

ark

out

the

nec

essa

ry d

atu

m lin

es

for

the

ass

embly

oper

atio

ns

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

the

com

ponen

ts a

re t

o b

e al

igned

and

posi

tioned

prior

to s

ecuring t

hem

, an

d t

he

tools

and

equip

men

t th

at a

re u

sed

2.1

1

expla

in w

hy

som

e ty

pes

of as

sem

bly

req

uire

the

use

of jigs,

fix

ture

s and g

auges

to a

id t

he

asse

mbly

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

mec

han

ical fa

sten

ers

that

will

be

use

d t

o s

ecure

the

com

ponen

ts,

and t

hei

r m

ethod o

f in

stal

lation (

incl

udin

g p

ins,

nai

ls,

scre

ws

and s

pec

ial se

curing d

evic

es)

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e ap

plic

ation o

f ad

hes

ives

within

the

asse

mbly

act

ivitie

s, a

nd t

he

pre

cautions

that

must

be

take

n w

hen

work

ing w

ith t

hem

2.1

4

des

crib

e th

e qual

ity

contr

ol pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

during t

he

ass

embly

oper

atio

ns

2.1

5

expla

in h

ow

to c

onduct

any

nec

essa

ry c

hec

ks t

o

ensu

re t

he

accu

racy

and q

ual

ity

of th

e ass

embly

pro

duce

d

2.1

6

expla

in h

ow

to r

ecognis

e def

ects

, ble

mis

hes

, poor

alig

nm

ent,

inef

fect

ive

fast

ener

s an

d d

amaged

co

mponen

ts w

ithin

the

asse

mbly

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

82

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

7

expla

in h

ow

to c

hec

k th

at t

he

tools

and e

quip

men

t to

be

use

d a

re in a

saf

e an

d s

ervi

ceab

le c

onditio

n

2.1

8

des

crib

e th

e im

port

ance

of

ensu

ring t

hat

all

tools

ar

e use

d c

orr

ectly

and w

ithin

thei

r per

mitte

d

oper

atin

g r

ange

2.1

9

expla

in w

hy

it is

import

ant

to k

eep t

he

tools

and

equip

men

t cl

ean a

nd f

ree

from

dam

age,

to p

ract

ice

good h

ouse

keep

ing o

f to

ols

and e

quip

men

t, a

nd t

o

mai

nta

in a

cle

an a

nd u

nobst

ruct

ed w

ork

ing a

rea

2.2

0

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


83

Unit 9: Applying surface finishes to woodwork components and structures


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 30


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to apply surface finishes to engineering woodwork assemblies or installations, by hand methods, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate equipment to use, based on the materials to be applied and the surface area to be covered. The learner will be expected to use the specified or appropriate techniques to seal, prime, colour, varnish, stain, wax or polish the various parts, using brushes, rollers, pads or cloths, as appropriate to the task. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the finishing activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the finishing activities, components or equipment that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying hand-finishing techniques and procedures to woodwork assemblies or installations. The learner will understand the finishing procedures used, and their application, and will know about the finishing techniques, paints or coatings and equipment used, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the work is carried out to the required quality. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the finishing operations. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.



84





N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

85

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

Apply

surf

ace

finis

hes

to

woodw

ork

com

ponen

ts

and s

truct

ure

s

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

ca

rry

out

all

the

follo

win

g a

ctiv

itie

s during t

he

finis

hin

g p

roce

ss:

–

obta

in a

nd follo

w t

he

rele

vant

job inst

ruct

ions

and fin

ishin

g s

pec

ific

atio

ns

–

com

ply

with r

elev

ant

CO

SH

H r

equirem

ents

and

risk

ass

essm

ents

–

pre

par

e th

e to

ols

and m

ater

ials

in r

eadin

ess

for

the

finis

hin

g o

per

atio

ns

–

w

ear

appro

priat

e pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing a

nd

bre

athin

g a

ppar

atus

–

clea

n a

ll to

ols

and e

quip

men

t on c

om

ple

tion o

f th

e finis

hin

g a

ctiv

itie

s –

le

ave

the

work

are

a in

a s

afe

and c

lean

conditio

n

1.3

en

sure

the

mat

eria

l su

rfac

es t

o b

e tr

eate

d a

re

suitab

ly p

repar

ed for

the

finis

hin

g o

per

atio

ns

to b

e ca

rrie

d o

ut

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

86

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.4

pre

par

e fo

r th

e finis

hin

g o

per

atio

ns

by

carr

ying o

ut

six

of th

e fo

llow

ing a

ctiv

itie

s:

–

clea

nin

g

–

flat

tenin

g d

ow

n

–

seal

ing

–

filli

ng

–

mas

king

–

pre

-surf

ace

tre

atm

ents

–

m

ixin

g o

f co

lour

–

m

ixin

g o

f prim

ers

–

strippin

g o

ld fin

ishes

–

re

-act

ivating t

reatm

ents

1.5

ch

eck

that

the

finis

hin

g e

quip

men

t an

d t

reat

men

t so

lutions

are

set

up a

nd m

ainta

ined

at

satisf

act

ory

oper

atin

g c

onditio

ns

and lev

els

1.6

ca

rry

out

the

trea

tmen

t pro

cess

in a

ccord

ance

with

oper

atin

g p

roce

dure

s an

d t

he

com

ponen

t sp

ecific

atio

n r

equirem

ents

1.7

ap

ply

fin

ishes

to f

our

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

doors

and f

ram

es

–

dis

pla

y units/

stan

ds

–

case

s –

st

ora

ge

units

–

jigs

and f

ixtu

res

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

87

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

–

fo

rmer

s –

fu

rniture

–

st

ruct

ure

s –

port

able

scr

eenin

g

–

tran

sport

ation u

nits

–

par

titionin

g

–

oth

er s

pec

ific

ite

ms

1.8

ap

ply

six

typ

es o

f th

e fo

llow

ing fin

ishin

g m

ater

ials

, usi

ng a

ppro

priat

e han

d t

ools

and t

echniq

ues

: –

sa

ndin

g s

eale

r –

w

ater

-base

d p

ain

ts

–

oil/

alk

yd-b

ased

pai

nts

–

sy

nth

etic

pai

nts

–

poly

ure

thane

varn

ish

–

lacq

uer

–

st

ain

–

wax

–

Fr

ench

polis

h

–

tem

pora

ry p

rote

ctiv

e co

atings

–

oth

er s

pec

ial finis

hes

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

88

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.9

ap

ply

fin

ishes

to a

range

of

surf

aces

, to

incl

ude

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

flat

–

horizo

nta

l –

ve

rtic

al

–

ove

rhea

d

–

curv

ed o

r cy

lindri

cal

1.1

0

use

thre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing c

onsu

mab

les:

–

mas

king m

ediu

m a

nd t

ape

–

rubbin

g p

aper

–

ab

rasi

ve p

ads

–

clea

nin

g m

ater

ials

1.1

1

ensu

re t

hat

the

trea

ted w

ork

pie

ce a

chie

ves

the

required

char

acte

rist

ics

and m

eets

the

finis

hin

g

spec

ific

atio

n

1.1

2

apply

fin

ishes

whic

h c

om

ply

with a

ll of th

e fo

llow

ing

qual

ity

and a

ccura

cy s

tandar

ds:

–

has

the

required

surf

ace

coat

ing in lin

e w

ith

spec

ific

atio

n o

r jo

b r

equirem

ents

–

ac

cepta

ble

colo

ur

matc

h a

nd g

loss

lev

els

–

free

fro

m r

uns,

drips

or

oth

er s

urf

ace

def

ects

–

m

eets

cust

om

er/c

om

pan

y re

quirem

ents

1.1

3

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith p

roble

ms

within

th

eir

contr

ol an

d r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

solv

ed

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

89

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.1

4

dis

pose

of

was

te a

nd e

xces

s m

ate

rial

s in

lin

e w

ith

agre

ed o

rgan

isat

ional

pro

cedure

s 1.1

5

shut

dow

n t

he

finis

hin

g e

quip

men

t to

a s

afe

conditio

n o

n c

om

ple

tion o

f th

e pro

cess

ing a

ctiv

itie

s

2.

Know

how

to a

pply

su

rface

fin

ishes

to

woodw

ork

com

ponen

ts

and s

truct

ure

s

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

saf

ety

pre

cautions

to b

e ta

ken

whils

t ca

rryi

ng o

ut

the

applic

ation o

f pain

t an

d

oth

er s

urf

ace

fin

ishes

(in

cludin

g a

ny

spec

ific

le

gis

lation,

regula

tions

or

codes

of pra

ctic

e re

lating

to t

he

activi

ties

, eq

uip

men

t or

mat

eria

ls)

2.2

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

work

are

a in w

hic

h t

hey

are

car

ryin

g o

ut

the

finis

hin

g a

ctiv

ity,

and t

he

resp

onsi

bili

ty t

hey

pla

ce

on t

he

lear

ner

2.3

des

crib

e th

e haz

ards

asso

ciate

d w

ith c

arry

ing o

ut

han

d p

ainting a

nd fin

ishin

g a

ctiv

itie

s, a

nd w

ith t

he

mat

eria

ls a

nd e

quip

men

t use

d,

and h

ow

they

can

be

min

imis

ed

2.4

des

crib

e th

e per

sonal pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t an

d

cloth

ing t

o b

e w

orn

during t

he

finis

hin

g a

ctiv

ity

2.5

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

types

of

spec

ific

ation t

hat

are

use

d d

uring t

he

finis

hin

g a

ctiv

ity

2.6

des

crib

e th

e ra

nge

of

surf

ace

fin

ishes

that

can

be

applie

d,

and t

he

types

of

surf

ace

s fo

r w

hic

h t

hey

ar

e bes

t su

ited

2.7

des

crib

e th

e pre

par

atio

n m

ethods

and t

echniq

ues

to

be

under

take

n p

rior

to fin

ishin

g for

filli

ng,

and

flat

ting

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

90

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.8

des

crib

e th

e su

rfac

e tr

eatm

ent

met

hods

and

tech

niq

ues

to b

e under

take

n p

rior

to fin

ishin

g

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to d

eter

min

e th

e quan

tities

of finis

hin

g

mat

eria

ls r

equired

and,

wher

e applic

able

, m

ixin

g

ratios

2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e pre

par

atio

n m

ethods

and t

echniq

ues

fo

r m

ixin

g p

aints

, va

rnis

hes

, la

cquer

s, s

tain

s an

d

polis

hes

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

met

hods

of ap

ply

ing t

he

required

fin

ishes

usi

ng b

rush

es,

rolle

rs,

pai

nt

pads

and c

loth

s 2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

s fo

r th

e tr

ansp

ort

atio

n a

nd

stora

ge

of

finis

hin

g m

ater

ials

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e eq

uip

men

t ca

re a

nd c

ontr

ol pro

cedure

s (e

g f

um

e ex

tract

ion s

yste

ms)

2.1

4

des

crib

e th

e cl

eanin

g a

nd m

ain

tenan

ce p

roce

dure

s fo

r bru

shes

and r

olle

rs

2.1

5

des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

s fo

r dea

ling w

ith w

ast

e m

ater

ials

2.1

6

expla

in h

ow

to r

ecognis

e def

ects

such

as

bubble

s,

conta

min

ation,

runs

and o

ther

surf

ace

def

ects

2.1

7

des

crib

e th

e pro

ble

ms

that

can o

ccur

with t

he

finis

hin

g o

per

atio

ns,

and h

ow

thes

e ca

n b

e ove

rcom

e 2.1

8

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

91

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________



92


93

Unit 10: Installing woodwork structures, furniture and fittings


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 40


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to install engineering woodwork and composite structures, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate tools and equipment to use, based on the operations to be performed and the units or structures to be installed. The items to be installed will include such as doors and frames, studded walls, built-in storage cupboards and filing units, partitioning, security screens and doors, display stands and units, portable screens and other similar items. The size, shape and complexity of the parts to be installed will vary, and it is anticipated that some parts will be trial assembled prior to installation taking place. The learner will be required to select the most appropriate fixing methods and devices, based on the size and weight of the components and structures installed, and the materials to which the structures are being fastened. The learner will also be expected to create all necessary datums that are required for the correct location of the structures during the installation activities. The installation activities will include making all necessary checks and adjustments to ensure that components and structures are correctly positioned and aligned and, where appropriate, that they function correctly. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the installation activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the installation activities, components or equipment that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying installation techniques and procedures. The learner will understand the items being installed, and will know about the relevant fastening and securing devices, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities to the required specification.



94

The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the installation operations. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.





N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

95

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

In

stal

l w

oodw

ork

st

ruct

ure

s, furn

iture

and

fitt

ings

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

ca

rry

out

all

the

follo

win

g a

ctiv

itie

s during t

he

inst

alla

tion:

–

obta

in a

nd u

se a

ppro

priat

e in

stal

lation d

raw

ings,

in

stru

ctio

ns,

ske

tches

or

spec

ific

atio

ns

–

adher

e to

rel

evan

t C

OSH

H r

equirem

ents

, risk

as

sess

men

ts a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t sa

fety

sta

ndar

ds

–

ch

eck

that

all

tools

and e

quip

men

t use

d d

uring

the

inst

alla

tion a

re in a

safe

and u

sable

conditio

n

–

ensu

re t

hat

the

work

are

a is

fre

e fr

om

haza

rds

and is

larg

e en

ough t

o c

om

ple

te t

he

inst

alla

tion

–

use

saf

e and a

ppro

ved inst

alla

tion t

echniq

ues

an

d p

roce

dure

s at

all

tim

es

–

retu

rn a

ll to

ols

and e

quip

men

t to

the

corr

ect

loca

tion o

n c

om

ple

tion o

f th

e ac

tivi

ties

–

le

ave

the

work

are

a in a

saf

e and d

ebris-

free

co

nditio

n

1.3

fo

llow

all

rele

vant

dra

win

gs

and s

pec

ific

ations

for

the

inst

alla

tion b

eing c

arri

ed o

ut

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

96

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.4

ap

ply

inst

alla

tion m

ethods

and t

echniq

ues

to

incl

ude

four

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

posi

tionin

g a

nd a

lignin

g

–

leve

lling

–

apply

ing s

eala

nts

–

drilli

ng m

aso

nry

–

se

ttin

g w

ork

ing c

lear

ance

1.5

use

the

corr

ect

tools

and e

quip

men

t fo

r th

e in

stal

lation o

per

ations

and c

hec

k th

at

they

are

in a

sa

fe a

nd u

sable

conditio

n

1.6

use

a r

ange

of han

d a

nd p

ort

able

pow

er t

ools

during t

he

inst

alla

tion,

to incl

ude

five

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

drills

–

sa

ws

–

pla

nes

–

sa

nder

s –

im

pac

t drive

rs

–

nai

l guns

–

clam

ps/

cram

ps

–

brick

/sto

new

ork

cutt

ers

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

97

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.7

use

thre

e of th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of m

echanic

al

secu

ring d

evic

es:

–

wood s

crew

s

–

nai

ls

–

mas

onry

fix

ing d

evic

es

–

adhes

ives

–

nuts

and b

olts

–

spec

ial purp

ose

or

quic

k-re

leas

e fa

sten

ers

1.8

in

stal

l, p

osi

tion a

nd s

ecure

the

equip

men

t an

d

com

ponen

ts in a

ccord

ance

with t

he

spec

ific

atio

n

1.9

in

stal

l five

of th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of st

ruct

ure

s:

–

doors

and f

ram

es

–

studded

wal

ls

–

built

-in s

tora

ge

cupboar

ds

–

w

indow

fra

mes

–

par

titionin

g

–

secu

rity

scr

eens

–

secu

rity

doors

–

dis

pla

y st

ands

and u

nits

–

port

able

scr

eens

–

oth

er ite

ms

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

98

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.1

0

inst

all st

ruct

ure

s to

thre

e of

the

follo

win

g:

–

brick

work

wal

ls/f

loors

–

st

udded

/pla

ster

boar

d w

alls

/cei

lings

–

exis

ting furn

iture

/fittings

–

new

str

uct

ure

s –

st

ruct

ura

l st

eelw

ork

–

fa

bri

cate

d s

truct

ure

s 1.1

1

pro

duce

inst

alla

tions

whic

h c

om

ply

with a

ll of

the

follo

win

g q

ual

ity

and a

ccura

cy s

tandar

ds:

–

dim

ensi

onal

acc

ura

cy is

within

spec

ific

atio

n/j

ob

requirem

ents

–

in

stal

led s

truct

ure

s ar

e co

rrec

tly

alig

ned

, le

vel

and s

ecure

–

al

l m

ovi

ng p

arts

oper

ate

corr

ectly

without

stic

king

–

inst

alla

tion m

eets

com

pan

y/cu

stom

er

requirem

ents

1.1

2

ensu

re t

hat

all nec

essa

ry c

onnec

tions

to t

he

equip

men

t ar

e co

mple

te

1.1

3

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith p

roble

ms

within

th

eir

contr

ol an

d r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

solv

ed

1.1

4

chec

k th

at t

he

inst

alla

tion is

com

ple

te a

nd t

hat

all

com

ponen

ts a

re f

ree

from

dam

age

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

99

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.

Know

how

to inst

all

woodw

ork

str

uct

ure

s,

furn

iture

and fittings

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

saf

ety

pra

ctic

es a

nd

pro

cedure

s th

at t

hey

nee

d t

o o

bse

rve

when

in

stal

ling e

ngin

eeri

ng w

oodw

ork

str

uct

ure

s (i

ncl

udin

g a

ny

spec

ific

leg

isla

tion,

regula

tions/

codes

of pra

ctic

e fo

r th

e act

ivitie

s, e

quip

men

t or

mat

eria

ls)

2.2

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

work

are

a w

her

e th

ey a

re c

arry

ing o

ut

the

inst

alla

tion a

ctiv

itie

s, a

nd t

he

resp

onsi

bili

ty t

hey

pla

ce o

n t

he

learn

er

2.3

des

crib

e th

e haz

ards

asso

ciat

ed w

ith inst

allin

g

woodw

ork

str

uct

ure

s an

d a

ssem

blie

s, a

nd w

ith t

he

tools

and e

quip

men

t use

d,

and h

ow

they

can

be

min

imis

ed

2.4

des

crib

e th

e pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t th

at t

hey

nee

d

to u

se f

or

both

per

sonal

pro

tect

ion a

nd t

he

pro

tect

ion o

f oth

er p

eople

in t

he

nea

r vi

cinity

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

to o

bta

in t

he

nec

essa

ry job

inst

ruct

ions,

dra

win

gs

or

inst

alla

tion s

pec

ific

ations

for

the

work

bei

ng c

arr

ied o

ut

2.6

des

crib

e th

e to

ols

and e

quip

men

t use

d in t

he

inst

alla

tion a

ctiv

itie

s, a

nd h

ow

to c

hec

k th

at t

hey

ar

e in

a s

afe

and u

sable

conditio

n

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

100

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.7

des

crib

e th

e im

port

ance

of

chec

king t

hat

all

plu

gs,

so

cket

s an

d c

able

s on e

xten

sion lea

ds

are

in a

safe

an

d u

ndam

aged

conditio

n

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

repare

the

site

/are

a fo

r th

e in

stal

lation,

incl

udin

g m

arki

ng o

ut

vert

ical

and

horizo

nta

l fixi

ng lin

es/d

atum

s 2.9

des

crib

e th

e to

ols

and e

quip

men

t th

at c

an b

e use

d

to d

eter

min

e an

d m

ark

out

the

required

dat

um

s (s

uch

as

spirit lev

els,

plu

mb b

obs

and lase

r le

velli

ng d

evic

es)

2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

types

of

fixi

ng d

evic

es t

hat

are

use

d t

o s

ecure

the

stru

cture

s to

the

required

su

rface

s (i

ncl

udin

g w

ood s

crew

s, m

aso

nry

fix

ing

dev

ices

, ra

wl plu

gs,

cav

ity-

wal

l fixi

ng d

evic

es,

nai

ls

and a

dhes

ives

) 2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e im

port

ance

of usi

ng t

he

corr

ect

fast

ener

s fo

r th

e par

ticu

lar

inst

alla

tion

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

s fo

r obta

inin

g t

he

corr

ect

tools

, eq

uip

men

t, c

om

ponen

ts a

nd fast

ener

s fo

r th

e ac

tivi

ties

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e te

chniq

ues

use

d t

o p

osi

tion,

alig

n,

adju

st a

nd s

ecure

the

com

ponen

ts t

o t

he

required

su

rface

s w

ithout

causi

ng d

am

age

to t

he

stru

cture

or

surr

oundin

g a

reas

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

101

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

4

des

crib

e th

e m

ethods

of lif

ting,

han

dlin

g a

nd

support

ing t

he

com

ponen

ts/e

quip

men

t during t

he

inst

alla

tion a

ctiv

itie

s 2.1

5

des

crib

e th

e use

of fr

ame

seal

ant

and a

dhes

ives

, an

d t

he

pre

cautions

to b

e ta

ken w

hen

usi

ng t

hem

2.1

6

expla

in h

ow

to c

onduct

the

nec

essa

ry c

hec

ks t

o

ensu

re t

he

inte

grity

, fu

nct

ionalit

y, a

ccura

cy a

nd

qual

ity

of

the

inst

alla

tion

2.1

7

expla

in h

ow

to r

ecognis

e in

stal

lation d

efec

ts (

such

as

mis

alig

nm

ent,

inef

fect

ive

fast

ener

s, d

am

age

or

conta

min

ation)

2.1

8

des

crib

e th

e pro

ble

ms

that

can o

ccur

with t

he

inst

alla

tion o

per

ations,

and h

ow

thes

e ca

n b

e ove

rcom

e

2.1

9

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________



102


103

Unit 11: Marking out pattern, corebox or model components

Unit reference number: F/502/9324

QCF level: 3

Credit value: 21


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to prepare for and mark out materials and components used in the production of pattern, corebox or model parts, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will need to interpret correctly the information contained in the drawings, instructions and specifications, which will relate to the production of set-outs, or to the marking out of component parts or the full pattern/model. The learner will be required to select the appropriate marking-out equipment to be used, based on the features to be marked out and the accuracy required, and this will include the use of precision instruments. The learner will need to use these instruments to mark out datums, allowances and cutting lines that will be used in the production of the required components or full patterns/models. Materials to be marked out will include ferrous, non-ferrous, non-metallic and composites, which may be in sheet form, sections (such as square/rectangular, round, hexagonal), part-machined components or subassemblies. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the marking out activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the marking-out equipment, materials or activities that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying marking out methods and procedures to patterns, coreboxes or model components. The learner’s knowledge will be sufficient to enable them to identify incomplete, conflicting or inadequate information, and to undertake the marking-out activities to the required specification. The learner will know why different tools are required to mark out different materials, and why it is important to mark out accurately. The learner will understand why measuring instruments are calibrated and the reasons why calibration records need to be maintained as part of the quality control programme.



104

The learner will understand the safety precautions required when working with marking out mediums, tools and equipment. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.





N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

105

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

Mar

k out

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

com

ponen

ts

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

obta

in a

nd u

se t

he

corr

ect

info

rmation for

the

mar

king o

ut

activi

ties

, to

incl

ude

thre

e fr

om

the

follo

win

g:

–

dra

win

gs

–

spec

ific

atio

ns

–

verb

al in

stru

ctio

ns

–

sket

ches

1.3

obta

in t

he

appro

priat

e m

arki

ng-o

ut

equip

men

t an

d

chec

k th

at it

is in a

usa

ble

conditio

n

1.4

use

a r

ange

of m

arki

ng-o

ut

equip

men

t ap

pro

priat

e to

the

mate

rial

and f

eatu

res

to b

e m

ark

ed o

ut,

to

incl

ude

six

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

ru

les

or

tapes

–

div

ider

s, c

om

pas

s or

tram

mel

s –

sc

riber

s or

kniv

es

–

stra

ight

edges

–

punch

es

–

scri

bin

g b

lock

s –

m

arki

ng g

auges

–

bev

el g

auges

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

106

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

–

pen

cils

–

sq

uar

es

–

pro

tract

ors

–

ve

rnie

r in

stru

men

ts

1.5

pre

par

e su

itab

le d

atum

s an

d m

arki

ng-o

ut

surf

aces

1.6

m

ark

out

usi

ng a

ppro

priat

e m

ethods

1.7

use

mar

king-o

ut

met

hods

and t

echniq

ues

whic

h

incl

ude

one

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

direc

t m

arki

ng o

ut

of w

ood a

nd c

om

posi

te

mat

eria

ls

–

direc

t m

arki

ng o

ut

of m

etalli

c m

ater

ials

–

use

of

tem

pla

tes

–

trac

ing/t

ransf

er m

ethods

1.8

m

ark

out

two o

f th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

se

t-out

–

pat

tern

or

core

box

com

ponen

t par

ts

–

full

pat

tern

or

mould

–

fu

ll-si

ze m

odel

–

sc

ale

model

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

107

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.9

m

ark

out

work

pie

ces

to incl

ude

six

of

the

follo

win

g

feat

ure

s:

–

dat

um

s/ce

ntr

e lin

es

–

mac

hin

ing a

llow

ance

s –

sq

uar

e/re

ctan

gula

r pro

file

s –

an

gle

s/an

gula

r pro

file

s –

ta

per

s –

ci

rcle

s –

co

nto

ure

d p

rofile

s –

lin

ear

hole

posi

tions

(cen

tred

and b

oxe

d)

–

radia

l hole

posi

tions

–

runner

chan

nel

s –

in

gat

es

–

core

prints

–

lo

cation p

oin

ts

–

join

t lin

es

1.1

0

chec

k th

at t

he

mar

king o

ut

com

plie

s w

ith t

he

spec

ific

atio

n

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

108

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.1

1

pro

duce

mar

ked-o

ut

com

ponen

ts w

hic

h m

eet

all

of

the

follo

win

g q

ual

ity

and a

ccura

cy s

tandar

ds:

–

dim

ensi

onal

ly a

ccura

te t

o d

raw

ing o

r sp

ecific

atio

n

–

clea

rly

def

ined

lin

es a

nd p

rofile

s (j

oin

t lin

es,

mac

hin

ing a

llow

ance

s)

–

was

te m

ater

ial is

cle

arly

iden

tified

–

dat

um

fac

es/p

oin

ts a

re c

lear

ly iden

tified

1.1

2

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith p

roble

ms

within

th

eir

contr

ol an

d r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

reso

lved

2.

Know

how

to m

ark

out

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

co

mponen

ts

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

saf

ety

pre

cautions

to b

e ta

ken

when

mar

king o

ut

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

co

mponen

ts,

and w

ith t

he

tools

, eq

uip

men

t an

d

mar

king m

ediu

ms

that

are

use

d

2.2

des

crib

e th

e haz

ards

asso

ciate

d w

ith t

he

mar

king-

out

act

ivitie

s (m

arki

ng-o

ut

med

ium

s, e

quip

men

t use

d,

lifting a

nd h

andlin

g s

hee

t m

ater

ial, long

length

s of

mat

eria

ls,

splin

ters

fro

m w

ood),

and h

ow

th

ey c

an b

e m

inim

ised

2.3

des

crib

e th

e pro

cess

to b

e ad

opte

d for

obta

inin

g

the

required

dra

win

gs

and job inst

ruct

ions

2.4

ex

pla

in h

ow

to e

xtra

ct info

rmat

ion fro

m

engin

eering d

raw

ings

and r

elat

ed s

pec

ific

ations

(to

incl

ude

sym

bols

and c

onve

ntions

in r

elat

ion t

o w

ork

under

take

n,

firs

t an

d t

hird a

ngle

pro

ject

ions)

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

109

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.5

des

crib

e th

e princi

ple

s of m

arki

ng o

ut

and t

he

type

of eq

uip

men

t use

d (

to incl

ude

han

d a

nd p

reci

sion

inst

rum

ents

) 2.6

des

crib

e th

e ra

nge

of

oper

atio

ns

that

the

various

mar

king-o

ut

equip

men

t is

cap

able

of

per

form

ing

2.7

ex

pla

in h

ow

to p

repare

the

mat

eria

ls f

or

the

mar

king-o

ut

activi

ties

, in

ord

er t

o e

nhan

ce c

larity

, ac

cura

cy a

nd s

afe

ty (

visu

ally

chec

king f

or

def

ects

, pre

par

ing t

he

mat

eria

ls,

rem

ovi

ng s

harp

corn

ers

and e

dges

, ap

ply

ing a

mar

king-o

ut

med

ium

wher

e ap

plic

able

) 2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to s

elec

t an

d e

stablis

h s

uitable

dat

um

s 2.9

ex

pla

in t

he

import

ance

of en

suring t

hat

mark

ing

out

is u

nder

take

n fro

m t

he

sele

cted

dat

um

s, a

nd

the

poss

ible

effec

ts o

f w

ork

ing fro

m d

iffe

rent

dat

um

s 2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e m

ethods

of hold

ing a

nd s

upport

ing

work

pie

ces

during t

he

mar

king o

ut

act

ivitie

s, a

nd

the

equip

men

t th

at c

an b

e use

d

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e use

of m

arki

ng-o

ut

conve

ntions

when

m

arki

ng o

ut

the

work

pie

ce (

incl

udin

g d

atum

s;

cutt

ing g

uid

elin

es;

taper

s; c

ore

prints

and s

ets;

sq

uar

e an

d r

ecta

ngula

r pro

file

s; c

ircu

lar

and r

adia

l pro

file

s; a

ngle

s; h

ole

s w

hic

h a

re lin

early

posi

tioned

, boxe

d a

nd o

n p

itch

cir

cles

)

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

110

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e use

of

scal

es w

hen

mar

king o

ut

model

s an

d m

odel

par

ts

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e use

of

contr

action r

ule

s w

hen

mar

king

out

patt

ern a

nd c

ore

box

com

ponen

ts

2.1

4

des

crib

e th

e w

ays

of

layi

ng o

ut

the

mar

king-o

ut

shap

es o

r pat

tern

s to

max

imis

e th

e use

of

mat

eria

ls

2.1

5

des

crib

e th

e use

of

sett

ing a

nd a

dju

stin

g t

ools

(s

uch

as

squar

es,

mar

king g

auges

, pro

tract

ors

and

vern

iers

) 2.1

6

expla

in t

he

import

ance

of usi

ng t

ools

only

for

the

purp

ose

inte

nded

; th

e ca

re t

hat

is

required

when

usi

ng t

he

equip

men

t an

d t

ools

; th

e pro

per

way

of

storing t

ools

and e

quip

men

t bet

wee

n o

per

atio

ns

2.1

7

expla

in t

he

nee

d for

clea

r lin

es a

nd d

imen

sional

ac

cura

cy in m

arki

ng o

ut

to s

pec

ific

atio

n a

nd

dra

win

g r

equirem

ents

2.1

8

des

crib

e th

e th

ings

that

can

go w

rong w

ith t

he

mar

king-o

ut

activi

ties

, an

d h

ow

thes

e ca

n b

e av

oid

ed

2.1

9

des

crib

e th

e st

andar

ds

to b

e at

tain

ed a

nd c

om

pan

y qual

ity

contr

ol pro

cedure

s 2.2

0

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

111

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________



112


113

Unit 12: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using woodworking machines

Unit reference number: J/502/9325

QCF level: 3

Credit value: 60


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to produce pattern, corebox or model components using woodworking machine tools, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate equipment to use, based on the type of operations to be performed, the size of the components, and the materials used. The production of the components will involve the use of both fixed and portable conventional machines, which are designed specifically for wood and composite materials. The size and complexity of the components produced will vary, and this will require the learner to set up the necessary machines and their associated tooling, and to make any necessary adjustments during machining in order that the parts produced meet the required specification. The components produced will be used to produce loose or plated patterns (with and without cores), coreboxes, and various types of full-and scale models. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the machining activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the activities, materials or equipment that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying woodwork machining procedures. The learner will understand the equipment being used, and its application, and will know about the tooling, machine setting and workholding arrangements, and safety devices, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the work output is produced to the required specification. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the wood machining activities. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.



114





N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

115

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

Produce

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

com

ponen

ts

usi

ng w

oodw

ork

ing

mac

hin

es

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

ca

rry

out

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing d

uri

ng t

he

mach

inin

g

act

ivitie

s:

–

obta

in a

ll th

e nec

essa

ry info

rmation t

o c

arry

out

the

mach

inin

g a

ctiv

itie

s (d

raw

ings,

sp

ecific

atio

ns)

–

ch

eck

that

the

mac

hin

e to

ols

are

fit f

or

purp

ose

an

d a

re in a

safe

and u

sable

conditio

n

–

ensu

re t

he

work

are

a is

free

fro

m h

azard

s –

en

sure

all

mac

hin

e guar

ds

and s

afet

y dev

ices

ar

e co

rrec

tly

posi

tioned

–

ch

eck

that

dust

ext

ract

ion e

quip

men

t is

fu

nct

ionin

g c

orr

ectly

–

set

and a

dju

st t

he

mac

hin

e to

pro

duce

the

com

ponen

ts t

o t

he

required

spec

ific

ation

–

use

saf

e and a

ppro

ved m

ach

inin

g t

echniq

ues

at

all tim

es

1.3

co

nfirm

that

the

mach

ine

is s

et u

p a

nd r

eady

for

the

mach

inin

g a

ctiv

itie

s to

be

carr

ied o

ut

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

116

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.4

use

fix

ed a

nd p

ort

able

mach

ines

, to

incl

ude

five

of

the

follo

win

g:

–

ci

rcula

r sa

w

–

ban

d s

aw

–

sander

(eg

face

, bel

t, b

obbin

) –

jig s

aw

–

route

r –

pla

ner

/thic

knes

ser

–

wood m

iller

–

w

ood lat

he

–

ben

ch o

r ped

esta

l drill

1.5

m

anip

ula

te t

he

mac

hin

e to

ol co

ntr

ols

saf

ely

and

corr

ectly

in lin

e w

ith o

per

ational

pro

cedure

s 1.6

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts w

hic

h c

om

bin

e diffe

rent

feat

ure

s and c

ove

r al

l of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

flat

face

s –

par

alle

l fa

ces

–

squar

e fa

ces

–

angula

r/ta

per

ed face

s

–

step

ped

fea

ture

s –

cu

rved

pro

file

s –

co

nca

ve p

rofile

s –

co

nve

x pro

file

s –

ci

rcula

r/ro

und p

rofile

s –

drille

d h

ole

s

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

117

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.7

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts m

ade

from

tw

o o

f th

e fo

llow

ing m

ater

ials

:

–

soft

woods

–

har

d w

oods

–

com

posi

te

–

resi

n

1.8

ca

rry

out

qual

ity

sam

plin

g c

hec

ks a

t su

itable

in

terv

als

1.9

use

appro

priat

e m

easu

ring e

quip

men

t an

d t

ools

to

chec

k fo

ur

of

the

follo

win

g:

–

dim

ensi

ons

–

flat

nes

s –

sq

uar

enes

s

–

posi

tion

–

conce

ntr

icity

–

dis

tort

ion/s

trai

ghtn

ess

1.1

0

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts t

o t

he

required

qual

ity

and

within

the

spec

ifie

d d

imen

sional

acc

ura

cy

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

118

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.1

1

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts w

hic

h m

eet

all of th

e fo

llow

ing

qual

ity

and a

ccura

cy s

tandar

ds:

–

dim

ensi

onal

ly a

ccura

te w

ithin

spec

ific

atio

n

tole

rance

s

–

free

fro

m f

alse

tool cu

ts a

nd m

ater

ial def

ects

–

ap

pro

priat

e su

rfac

e finis

h

–

mee

t th

e dra

win

g r

equirem

ents

–

m

eet

com

pan

y an

d c

ust

om

er r

equirem

ents

1.1

2

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith p

roble

ms

within

th

eir

contr

ol an

d r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

solv

ed

1.1

3

shut

dow

n t

he

equip

men

t to

a s

afe

conditio

n o

n

concl

usi

on o

f th

e m

ach

inin

g a

ctiv

itie

s

2.

Know

how

to p

roduce

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

co

mponen

ts u

sing

woodw

ork

ing m

ach

ines

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

saf

ety

pre

cautions

to b

e ta

ken

whils

t ca

rryi

ng o

ut

the

wood m

ach

inin

g a

ctiv

itie

s (i

ncl

udin

g a

ny

spec

ific

leg

isla

tion,

regula

tions

or

codes

of

pra

ctic

e re

lating t

o t

he

activi

ties

, eq

uip

men

t or

mat

eria

ls)

2.2

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

work

are

a in w

hic

h t

hey

are

car

ryin

g o

ut

the

wood

mac

hin

ing a

ctiv

itie

s, a

nd t

he

resp

onsi

bili

ty t

hes

e re

quirem

ents

pla

ce o

n t

he

lear

ner

2.3

des

crib

e th

e use

of m

achin

e guard

s an

d e

mer

gen

cy

stop m

echan

ism

s

2.4

ex

pla

in h

ow

to s

et u

p a

nd u

se d

ust

ext

ract

ion

equip

men

t, a

nd t

he

import

ance

of en

suring t

he

equip

men

t is

oper

atin

g c

orr

ectly

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

119

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.5

des

crib

e th

e per

sonal pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t an

d

cloth

ing t

o b

e w

orn

during t

he

wood m

achin

ing

activi

ties

2.6

des

crib

e th

e haz

ards

asso

ciate

d w

ith m

achin

ing

wood a

nd c

om

posi

te p

atte

rn o

r m

odel

mat

eria

ls,

and h

ow

they

can

be

min

imis

ed

2.7

des

crib

e th

e im

port

ance

of

ensu

ring t

hat

all

mac

hin

e and p

ort

able

tools

are

use

d c

orr

ectly

and

within

thei

r per

mitte

d o

per

atin

g r

ange

2.8

ex

pla

in t

he

nee

d t

o e

nsu

re t

hat

all

plu

gs,

sock

ets

and c

able

s on p

ort

able

mach

ines

are

in a

saf

e an

d

usa

ble

conditio

n

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to o

bta

in t

he

nec

essa

ry job

inst

ruct

ions,

dra

win

gs

and s

pec

ific

atio

ns

to b

e use

d

during t

he

mac

hin

ing a

ctiv

itie

s, a

nd h

ow

to

inte

rpre

t th

e in

form

ation c

onta

ined

in t

hem

2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

mac

hin

es t

hat

are

use

d in

wood m

achin

ing,

and t

he

range

of oper

atio

ns

they

ar

e ca

pab

le o

f per

form

ing (

eg s

awin

g,

pla

nin

g,

rebat

ing,

turn

ing,

pro

filin

g)

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

to c

hec

k th

at c

utt

ing t

ools

(su

ch a

s ch

isel

s, s

aw

bla

des

, drills

, m

illin

g c

utt

ers)

are

in a

usa

ble

and s

afe

conditio

n,

and t

he

pro

cedure

for

shar

pen

ing o

r ch

angin

g t

hes

e w

hen

req

uired

2.1

2

expla

in h

ow

diffe

rent

types

of

mac

hin

e use

diffe

rent

met

hods

to fee

d t

he

mat

eria

l to

the

cutt

ing/d

ress

ing t

ool or

surf

ace

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

120

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

met

hods

use

d t

o h

old

the

com

ponen

ts b

eing s

hap

ed,

form

ed o

r dre

ssed

(iv

)

2.1

4

expla

in h

ow

diffe

rent

mat

eria

ls r

equire

chan

ges

to

the

mac

hin

ing m

ethods

(such

as

roughin

g a

nd

finis

hin

g c

uts

, ch

anges

in fee

d o

r sp

eeds

use

d t

o

cut

them

) 2.1

5

expla

in h

ow

to c

onduct

any

nec

essa

ry c

hec

ks t

o

ensu

re t

he

accu

racy

and q

ual

ity

of th

e patt

ern

com

ponen

ts o

r m

odel

s pro

duce

d,

and t

he

type

of

equip

men

t th

at is

use

d for

mak

ing t

he

chec

ks

2.1

6

expla

in h

ow

to r

ecognis

e def

ects

in t

he

com

ponen

ts

(mat

eria

l def

ects

or

those

pro

duce

d t

hro

ugh

mac

hin

ing)

2.1

7

expla

in w

hy

it is

import

ant

to k

eep t

he

tools

and

equip

men

t cl

ean a

nd f

ree

from

dam

age,

to p

ract

ice

good h

ouse

keep

ing o

f to

ols

and e

quip

men

t, a

nd t

o

mai

nta

in a

cle

an a

nd u

nobst

ruct

ed w

ork

ing a

rea

2.1

8

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


121

Unit 13: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using metalworking machines

Unit reference number: L/502/9326

QCF level: 3

Credit value: 60


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to produce pattern, corebox or model components using machine tools, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate equipment to use, based on the type of operations to be performed, the size of the components and the materials to be used. The production of the components will involve the use of both fixed and portable conventional machines, which are designed specifically for metallic materials. The size and complexity of the components produced will vary, and this will require the learner to set up the necessary machines and their associated tooling, and to make any necessary adjustments during machining in order that the parts produced meet the required specification. The components produced will be used to produce loose or plated patterns (with and without cores), coreboxes, and various types of full and scale models. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the machining activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the activities, materials or equipment that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying metalwork machining procedures. The learner will understand the equipment being used, and its application, and will know about the tooling, machine setting arrangements and safety devices, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the work output is to the required specification. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the machining activities. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.



122





N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

123

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

Pr

oduce

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

com

ponen

ts

usi

ng m

etal

work

ing

mac

hin

es

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

ca

rry

out

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing d

uri

ng t

he

mach

inin

g

act

ivitie

s:

–

obta

in a

ll th

e nec

essa

ry info

rmation t

o c

arry

out

the

mach

inin

g a

ctiv

itie

s (d

raw

ings,

sp

ecific

atio

ns)

–

ch

eck

that

the

mac

hin

e an

d its

tools

are

fit for

purp

ose

and a

re in a

safe

and u

sable

conditio

n

–

ensu

re t

hat

the

work

are

a is

fre

e fr

om

haza

rds

–

ensu

re t

hat

all m

ach

ine

guar

ds

and s

afe

ty

dev

ices

are

corr

ectly

posi

tioned

–

se

t an

d a

dju

st t

he

mac

hin

e to

pro

duce

the

com

ponen

ts t

o t

he

required

spec

ific

ation

–

use

saf

e and a

ppro

ved m

ach

inin

g t

echniq

ues

at

all tim

es

1.3

co

nfirm

that

the

mach

ine

is s

et u

p a

nd r

eady

for

the

mach

inin

g a

ctiv

itie

s to

be

carr

ied o

ut

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

124

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.4

use

fix

ed m

achin

es t

o incl

ude

thre

e of

the

follo

win

g:

–

m

illin

g

–

turn

ing

–

elec

tro-d

isch

arge

–

grindin

g

–

drilli

ng

–

ban

d s

awin

g

–

linis

hin

g

–

jig b

oring

1.5

use

port

able

mach

ines

to c

arry

out

all of

the

follo

win

g a

ctiv

itie

s:

–

form

hole

s

–

polis

h s

urf

aces

–

ble

nd join

ts

1.6

m

anip

ula

te t

he

mac

hin

e to

ol co

ntr

ols

saf

ely

and

corr

ectly

in lin

e w

ith o

per

ational

pro

cedure

s 1.7

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts t

o t

he

required

qual

ity

and

within

the

spec

ifie

d d

imen

sional

acc

ura

cy

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

125

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.8

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts w

hic

h c

om

bin

e diffe

rent

featu

res

and c

ove

r te

n o

f th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

flat

face

s –

par

alle

l fa

ces

–

squar

e fa

ces

–

angula

r/ta

per

ed face

s

–

step

ped

fea

ture

s –

sl

ots

and r

eces

ses

–

par

alle

l dia

met

ers

–

taper

ed d

iam

eter

s –

bore

s –

cu

rved

pro

file

s –

co

nca

ve p

rofile

s –

co

nve

x pro

file

s –

er

oded

form

s –

drille

d h

ole

s –

th

read

ed h

ole

s –

co

unte

r bore

d o

r co

unte

rsunk

hole

s

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

126

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.9

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts m

ade

from

tw

o o

f th

e fo

llow

ing m

ater

ials

:

–

low

car

bon s

teel

–

hig

h c

arbon s

teel

–

ca

st iro

n

–

stai

nle

ss s

teel

–

al

um

iniu

m

–

bra

ss/b

ronze

–

non-m

etal

lic

1.1

0

carr

y out

qual

ity

sam

plin

g c

hec

ks a

t su

itable

in

terv

als

1.1

1

use

appro

priat

e m

easu

ring e

quip

men

t an

d t

ools

to

chec

k fo

ur

of

the

follo

win

g:

–

dim

ensi

ons

–

flat

nes

s –

sq

uar

enes

s –

pro

file

–

hole

posi

tion

–

conce

ntr

icity

–

dis

tort

ion/s

trai

ghtn

ess

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

127

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.1

2

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts w

hic

h m

eet

all of th

e fo

llow

ing

qual

ity

and a

ccura

cy s

tandar

ds:

–

dim

ensi

onal

tole

rance

equiv

alen

t to

BS4500 o

r BS1916 G

rade

7

–

flat

nes

s an

d s

quar

enes

s 0.0

01in

per

inch

or

0.0

25m

m p

er 2

5m

m

–

surf

ace

fin

ish 6

3µin

or

1.6

µm

–

sc

rew

thre

ads

to B

S M

ediu

m f

it

–

ream

ed a

nd b

ore

d h

ole

s w

ithin

H8

1.1

3

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith p

roble

ms

within

th

eir

contr

ol an

d r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

solv

ed

1.1

4

shut

dow

n t

he

equip

men

t to

a s

afe

conditio

n o

n

concl

usi

on o

f th

e m

ach

inin

g a

ctiv

itie

s

2.

Know

how

to p

roduce

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

co

mponen

ts u

sing

met

alw

ork

ing m

ach

ines

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

saf

ety

pre

cautions

to b

e ta

ken

while

car

ryin

g o

ut

the

met

al m

ach

inin

g a

ctiv

itie

s (i

ncl

udin

g a

ny

spec

ific

leg

isla

tion,

regula

tions

or

codes

of

pra

ctic

e re

lating t

o t

he

activi

ties

, eq

uip

men

t or

mat

eria

ls)

2.2

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

work

are

a in w

hic

h t

hey

are

car

ryin

g o

ut

the

mac

hin

ing a

ctiv

itie

s, a

nd t

he

resp

onsi

bili

ty t

hes

e re

quirem

ents

pla

ce o

n t

he

lear

ner

2.3

des

crib

e th

e use

of m

achin

e guard

s an

d e

mer

gen

cy

stop m

echan

ism

s

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

128

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.4

des

crib

e th

e per

sonal pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t an

d

cloth

ing t

o b

e w

orn

during t

he

mac

hin

ing a

ctiv

itie

s 2.5

des

crib

e th

e haz

ards

asso

ciate

d w

ith m

achin

ing

met

al p

atte

rn o

r m

odel

mat

eria

ls,

and h

ow

they

ca

n b

e m

inim

ised

2.6

ex

pla

in t

he

import

ance

of en

suring t

hat

all

mac

hin

e an

d p

ort

able

tools

are

use

d c

orr

ectly

and w

ithin

th

eir

per

mitte

d o

per

ating r

ange

2.7

ex

pla

in t

he

nee

d t

o e

nsu

re t

hat

all

plu

gs,

sock

ets

and c

able

s on p

ort

able

mach

ines

are

in a

saf

e an

d

usa

ble

conditio

n

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to o

bta

in t

he

nec

essa

ry job

inst

ruct

ions,

dra

win

gs

and s

pec

ific

atio

ns

to b

e use

d

during t

he

mac

hin

ing a

ctiv

itie

s, a

nd h

ow

to

inte

rpre

t th

e in

form

ation c

onta

ined

in t

hem

2.9

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

mac

hin

es t

hat

are

use

d in

met

al p

atte

rn a

nd m

odel

mac

hin

ing,

and t

he

range

of oper

atio

ns

they

are

cap

able

of per

form

ing (

eg

saw

ing,

mill

ing,

turn

ing,

spar

k an

d w

ire

erosi

on,

grindin

g)

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

to c

hec

k th

e cu

ttin

g t

ools

are

in a

usa

ble

and s

afe

conditio

n,

and t

he

pro

cedure

for

chan

gin

g t

hes

e w

hen

req

uired

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

diffe

rent

types

of

mac

hin

e use

diffe

rent

met

hods

to fee

d t

he

mat

eria

l to

the

cutt

ing/d

ress

ing t

ool or

surf

ace

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

129

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

met

hods

use

d t

o h

old

the

com

ponen

ts t

hat

are

bei

ng m

ach

ined

(su

ch a

s m

achin

e vi

ces,

chuck

s, jig

s an

d f

ixtu

res,

and

clam

pin

g d

irec

t to

the

mac

hin

e ta

ble

) 2.1

3

expla

in h

ow

diffe

rent

mat

eria

ls r

equire

chan

ges

to

the

mac

hin

ing m

ethods

(such

as

roughin

g a

nd

finis

hin

g c

uts

, ch

anges

in fee

d o

r sp

eeds

use

d t

o

cut

them

) 2.1

4

expla

in h

ow

to c

onduct

any

nec

essa

ry c

hec

ks t

o

ensu

re t

he

accu

racy

and q

ual

ity

of th

e patt

ern

com

ponen

ts o

r m

odel

s pro

duce

d,

and t

he

type

of

equip

men

t th

at is

use

d

2.1

5

expla

in h

ow

to r

ecognis

e def

ects

in t

he

com

ponen

ts

(mat

eria

l def

ects

or

those

pro

duce

d t

hro

ugh

mac

hin

ing)

2.1

6

expla

in w

hy

it is

import

ant

to k

eep t

he

tools

and

equip

men

t cl

ean a

nd f

ree

from

dam

age,

to p

ract

ice

good h

ouse

keep

ing o

f to

ols

and e

quip

men

t, a

nd t

o

mai

nta

in a

cle

an a

nd u

nobst

ruct

ed w

ork

ing a

rea

2.1

7

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

130

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


131

Unit 14: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using woodworking hand tools


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 70


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to produce wood and composite pattern, corebox or model components using hand tools, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate tools to use, based on the type of operations to be performed, size of the components, and the materials used. The size and complexity of the components produced will vary, but will involve finishing them using hand tools only. The components produced will be used to produce loose or plated patterns, with and without cores, and various types of full and scale models. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the activities, materials or equipment used that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying hand finishing woodwork procedures. The learner will understand the equipment being used, and its application, and will know about the cutting tools, their function and maintenance requirements, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the work output is to the required specification. The learner will be able to identify blunt and damaged cutting tools, and will know how to sharpen and adjust them in use in order for them to work efficiently. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the hand shaping activities. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.



132





N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

133

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

Produce

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

com

ponen

ts

usi

ng w

oodw

ork

ing h

and

tools

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

ca

rry

out

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing d

uring t

he

han

d-

shap

ing a

ctiv

itie

s:

–

obta

in a

ll th

e nec

essa

ry info

rmation t

o c

arry

out

the

han

d-s

hap

ing a

ctiv

itie

s (d

raw

ings,

sp

ecific

atio

ns)

–

ch

eck

that

the

han

d t

ools

are

fit for

purp

ose

and

are

in a

safe

and u

sable

conditio

n

–

ensu

re t

hat

the

work

are

a is

fre

e fr

om

haza

rds

–

use

saf

e and a

ppro

ved h

and-s

hap

ing t

echniq

ues

at

all

tim

es

–

mai

nta

in t

he

cutt

ing t

ools

in a

ser

vice

able

co

nditio

n

1.3

fo

llow

rel

evan

t sp

ecific

atio

ns

for

the

com

ponen

t to

be

pro

duce

d

1.4

obta

in t

he

appro

priat

e to

ols

and e

quip

men

t fo

r th

e sh

apin

g o

per

atio

ns

and c

hec

k th

ey a

re in a

safe

an

d u

sable

conditio

n

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

134

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.5

use

han

d t

ools

to c

ut

and s

hap

e m

ater

ials

, to

in

clude

six

of th

e fo

llow

ing ite

ms:

–

rip s

aws

–

tenon s

aws

–

fret

/bow

saw

s –

ja

ck o

r sm

ooth

ing p

lanes

–

re

bat

ing p

lanes

–

sp

oke

shave

s –

ch

isel

s/gouges

–

drills

/bra

ces

–

file

s/ra

sps

–

sandin

g b

lock

s/paper

1.6

sh

ape

the

mat

eria

ls u

sing a

ppro

priat

e m

ethods

and

tech

niq

ues

1.7

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts w

hic

h c

om

bin

e diffe

rent

feat

ure

s and c

ove

r ei

ght

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

flat

face

s –

par

alle

l fa

ces

–

squar

e fa

ces

–

angula

r/ta

per

ed face

s –

st

epped

fea

ture

s –

re

bat

es

–

slots

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

135

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

–

cu

rved

pro

file

s –

co

nca

ve p

rofile

s –

co

nve

x pro

file

s –

ci

rcula

r/ro

und p

rofile

s –

drille

d h

ole

s

1.8

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts m

ade

from

tw

o o

f th

e fo

llow

ing m

ater

ials

:

–

soft

woods

–

har

d w

oods

–

co

mposi

te

–

resi

n

1.9

ch

eck

that

all

the

required

shap

ing o

per

atio

ns

have

bee

n c

om

ple

ted t

o t

he

required

spec

ific

atio

n

1.1

0

use

appro

priat

e m

easu

ring e

quip

men

t an

d t

ools

to

chec

k five

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

dim

ensi

ons

–

flat

nes

s –

sq

uar

enes

s

–

posi

tion

–

pro

file

–

dis

tort

ion/s

trai

ghtn

ess

–

alig

nm

ent

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

136

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.1

1

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts w

hic

h m

eet

all of th

e fo

llow

ing

qual

ity

and a

ccura

cy s

tandar

ds:

–

dim

ensi

onal

ly a

ccura

te w

ithin

spec

ific

atio

n

tole

rance

s

–

free

fro

m f

alse

tool cu

ts a

nd m

ater

ial def

ects

–

ap

pro

priat

e su

rfac

e te

xture

–

m

eet

the

dra

win

g r

equirem

ents

–

m

eet

com

pan

y an

d c

ust

om

er r

equirem

ents

1.1

2

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith p

roble

ms

within

th

eir

contr

ol an

d r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

solv

ed

2.

Know

how

to p

roduce

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

co

mponen

ts u

sing

woodw

ork

ing h

and t

ools

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

saf

ety

pre

cautions

to b

e ta

ken

whils

t ca

rryi

ng o

ut

the

wood s

hap

ing a

ctiv

itie

s (i

ncl

udin

g a

ny

spec

ific

leg

isla

tion,

regula

tions

or

codes

of

pra

ctic

e re

lating t

o t

he

activi

ties

, eq

uip

men

t or

mat

eria

ls)

2.2

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

work

are

a in w

hic

h t

hey

are

car

ryin

g o

ut

the

wood

work

ing a

ctiv

itie

s, a

nd t

he

resp

onsi

bili

ty t

hey

pla

ce

on t

he

lear

ner

2.3

des

crib

e th

e per

sonal pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t an

d

cloth

ing t

o b

e w

orn

during t

he

woodw

ork

ing

activi

ties

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

137

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.4

des

crib

e th

e haz

ards

asso

ciate

d w

ith c

utt

ing a

nd

shap

ing w

ood a

nd c

om

posi

te p

att

ern o

r m

odel

m

ater

ials

, an

d w

ith t

he

tools

and e

quip

men

t use

d,

and h

ow

they

can

be

min

imis

ed

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

to o

bta

in t

he

nec

essa

ry job

inst

ruct

ions,

dra

win

gs

and s

pec

ific

atio

ns

for

the

woodw

ork

ing a

ctiv

itie

s, a

nd h

ow

to inte

rpre

t th

e in

form

atio

n

2.6

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

han

d t

ools

that

are

use

d t

o c

ut

and s

hape

the

mate

rial

s, a

nd t

he

range

of

oper

atio

ns

they

are

cap

able

of

per

form

ing (

eg r

ip

saw

s, t

enon s

aws,

fre

t/bow

saw

s; s

mooth

ing

pla

nes

, ja

ck p

lanes

, re

bat

ing p

lanes

; ch

isel

s an

d

gouges

; file

s an

d r

asp

s; s

poke

shav

es)

2.7

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

hec

k th

e cu

ttin

g t

ools

are

in a

usa

ble

and s

afe

conditio

n,

and t

he

pro

cedure

for

shar

pen

ing a

nd a

dju

stin

g t

hes

e w

hen

req

uired

2.8

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

met

hods

to h

old

the

com

ponen

ts t

hat

are

bei

ng s

haped

, fo

rmed

or

dre

ssed

by

han

d

2.9

ex

pla

in t

he

nee

d t

o c

onsi

der

gra

in d

irec

tion a

nd

const

ruct

ion w

hen

cutt

ing a

nd s

hap

ing w

ood a

nd

com

posi

tes

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

to c

onduct

any

nec

essa

ry c

hec

ks t

o

ensu

re t

he

accu

racy

and q

ual

ity

of th

e patt

ern

com

ponen

ts o

r m

odel

s pro

duce

d,

and t

he

type

of

equip

men

t th

at is

use

d for

the

chec

ks

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

138

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

to r

ecognis

e def

ects

in t

he

com

ponen

ts

(mat

eria

l def

ects

or

those

pro

duce

d t

hro

ugh t

he

cutt

ing a

nd s

hapin

g a

ctiv

itie

s)

2.1

2

expla

in w

hy

it is

import

ant

to k

eep t

he

tools

and

equip

men

t cl

ean a

nd f

ree

from

dam

age,

to p

ract

ise

good h

ouse

keep

ing o

f to

ols

and e

quip

men

t, a

nd t

o

mai

nta

in a

cle

an a

nd u

nobst

ruct

ed w

ork

ing a

rea

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


139

Unit 15: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using hand-fitting techniques

Unit reference number: R/502/9327

QCF level: 3

Credit value: 70


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to produce metal components to form pattern, corebox or model equipment using hand-fitting techniques, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate equipment to use, based on the operations to be carried out and the accuracy required. In producing the components, the learner will be expected to use a range of hand tools, portable power tools, shaping and fitting techniques that are appropriate to the type of material and operations being performed. These activities will include such things as hand sawing, band sawing, filing, drilling, chiselling, threading, scraping, lapping and off-hand grinding. The components produced will have features from the following: flat, square, parallel and angular faces, radii and curved profiles, drilled holes, internal and external threads, and sliding or mating parts. Materials to be used will include ferrous and non-ferrous, which may be in sheet form, bar sections (such as square/rectangular, round, hexagonal) or part-machined components. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the cutting and shaping activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the equipment, materials or activities that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying hand-fitting procedures to produce metal parts for plated patterns and associated equipment or models. The learner will understand the hand-fitting techniques used, and their application, and will know about the tools, materials and equipment used, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and producing the components to the required specification.



140

The learner will understand the safety precautions required when using hand and power tools. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.





N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

141

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

Pr

oduce

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

com

ponen

ts

usi

ng h

and-f

itting

tech

niq

ues

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

ca

rry

out

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing d

uring t

he

han

d-f

itting

activi

ties

: –

obta

in a

nd u

se a

ppro

priat

e dra

win

gs,

in

stru

ctio

ns,

spec

ific

ations

and q

ual

ity

docu

men

tation

–

chec

k all

cable

s, e

xten

sion lea

ds

or

air

supply

hose

s ar

e in

a s

ervi

ceab

le c

onditio

n

–

chec

k all

tools

and e

quip

men

t ar

e in

a s

afe

and

usa

ble

conditio

n

–

retu

rn a

ll to

ols

and e

quip

men

t to

the

corr

ect

loca

tion o

n c

om

ple

tion o

f th

e fitt

ing a

ctiv

itie

s –

le

ave

the

work

are

a in

a s

afe

conditio

n

1.3

fo

llow

rel

evan

t sp

ecific

atio

ns

for

the

com

ponen

t to

be

pro

duce

d

1.4

obta

in t

he

appro

priat

e to

ols

and e

quip

men

t fo

r th

e sh

apin

g o

per

atio

ns

and c

hec

k th

ey a

re in a

safe

an

d u

sable

conditio

n

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

142

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.5

use

a r

ange

of han

d-f

itting m

ethods,

to incl

ude

seve

n f

rom

the

follo

win

g:

–

filin

g

–

drilli

ng

–

off-h

and g

rindin

g

–

pow

er s

awin

g

–

scra

pin

g

–

chis

ellin

g

–

exte

rnal th

read

s

–

inte

rnal

thre

ads

–

la

ppin

g

–

han

d s

awin

g

–

polis

hin

g

1.6

sh

ape

the

mat

eria

ls u

sing a

ppro

priat

e m

ethods

and

tech

niq

ues

1.7

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts w

hic

h c

om

bin

e se

vera

l fe

ature

s and c

ove

r ei

ght

from

the

follo

win

g:

–

flat

dat

um

fac

es

–

face

s w

hic

h a

re s

quare

to e

ach

oth

er

–

face

s w

hic

h a

re p

aral

lel to

eac

h o

ther

–

fa

ces

at

an a

ngle

to e

ach o

ther

–

cu

rved

pro

file

s –

ch

amfe

rs a

nd r

adii

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

143

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

–

re

amed

hole

s –

drille

d h

ole

s (t

o a

dep

th)

–

drille

d h

ole

s (t

hro

ugh)

–

counte

rbore

s, c

ounte

rsin

ks,

or

spotf

ace

–

inte

rnal

thre

ads

–

exte

rnal th

read

s –

sl

idin

g o

r m

atin

g p

arts

1.8

cu

t an

d s

hap

e tw

o d

iffe

rent

types

of

mat

eria

l fr

om

th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

low

car

bon s

teel

–

hig

h c

arbon s

teel

–

st

ainle

ss s

teel

–

ca

st iro

n

–

alum

iniu

m

–

bra

ss/b

ronze

–

pla

stic

/syn

thet

ic

1.9

ch

eck

that

all

the

required

shap

ing o

per

atio

ns

have

bee

n c

om

ple

ted t

o t

he

required

spec

ific

atio

n

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

144

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.1

0

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts w

ithin

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing

stan

dar

ds,

as

applic

able

to t

he

pro

cess

:

–

dim

ensi

onal

tole

rance

equiv

alen

t to

BS4500 o

r BS1916 G

rade

9

–

flat

nes

s an

d s

quar

enes

s 0.0

01in

per

inch

or

0.0

25m

m p

er 2

5m

m

–

surf

ace

fin

ish 6

3µin

or

1.6

µm

–

sc

rew

thre

ads

to B

S M

ediu

m f

it

–

ream

ed a

nd b

ore

d h

ole

s w

ithin

H8

1.1

1

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith p

roble

ms

within

th

eir

contr

ol an

d r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

solv

ed

2.

Know

how

to p

roduce

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

co

mponen

ts u

sing h

and

fitt

ing t

echniq

ues

2.1

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

and

safe

work

ing p

ract

ices

and p

roce

dure

s re

quired

for

the

han

d-f

itting a

ctiv

itie

s under

take

n

2.2

des

crib

e th

e im

port

ance

of w

earing a

ppro

priat

e pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing a

nd e

quip

men

t, a

nd o

f ke

epin

g

the

work

are

a sa

fe a

nd t

idy

2.3

des

crib

e th

e haz

ards

asso

ciate

d w

ith c

arry

ing o

ut

han

d fitting t

echniq

ues

(su

ch a

s use

of

pow

er t

ools

, tr

ailin

g lea

ds

or

hose

s, d

amaged

or

bad

ly

mai

nta

ined

tools

and e

quip

men

t, u

sing file

s w

ith

dam

aged

or

poor

fitt

ing h

andle

s),

and h

ow

they

can

be

min

imis

ed

2.4

des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

for

obta

inin

g t

he

required

dra

win

gs,

job inst

ruct

ions

and o

ther

rel

ated

sp

ecific

atio

ns

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

145

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

to u

se a

nd e

xtra

ct info

rmat

ion fro

m

engin

eering d

raw

ings

and r

elat

ed s

pec

ific

ations

(to

incl

ude

sym

bols

and c

onve

ntions

to a

ppro

priat

e BS

or

ISO

sta

ndar

ds

in r

elat

ion t

o w

ork

under

take

n)

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

to inte

rpre

t firs

t an

d t

hir

d a

ngle

dra

win

gs,

im

per

ial an

d m

etric

syst

ems

of

mea

sure

men

t, w

ork

pie

ce r

efer

ence

poin

ts a

nd

syst

em o

f to

lera

nci

ng

2.7

des

crib

e th

e cu

ttin

g a

nd s

hapin

g m

ethods

to b

e use

d,

and t

he

sequen

ce in w

hic

h t

he

oper

atio

ns

will

nee

d t

o b

e ca

rrie

d o

ut

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

the

pro

per

ties

of

ferr

ous

and n

on-

ferr

ous

met

als

affe

ct t

he

cutt

ing,

form

ing a

nd

shap

ing p

roce

sses

and t

he

use

of

various

tools

(c

utt

ing s

pee

ds,

angle

s, e

tc)

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to f

ile f

lat,

square

and c

urv

ed s

urf

aces

, an

d h

ow

to a

chie

ve a

sm

ooth

surf

ace

finis

h

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

to c

ut

exte

rnal

thre

ads

usi

ng h

and

die

s, a

nd t

he

met

hod o

f fixi

ng a

nd a

dju

stin

g t

he

die

s to

giv

e th

e co

rrec

t th

read

fit

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

to d

eter

min

e th

e drill

size

for

tapped

hole

s, a

nd t

he

import

ance

of usi

ng t

aps

in t

he

corr

ect

sequen

ce

2.1

2

expla

in h

ow

to p

roduce

a s

lidin

g o

r m

atin

g fit u

sing

filin

g,

scra

pin

g a

nd lap

pin

g t

echniq

ues

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

146

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

3

expla

in h

ow

to s

elec

t sa

w b

lades

for

diffe

rent

mat

eria

ls,

and h

ow

to s

et t

he

saw

bla

des

for

diffe

rent

oper

atio

ns

(such

as

cutt

ing e

xter

nal

ly a

nd

inte

rnal

ly)

2.1

4

des

crib

e th

e ty

pes

of

file

s th

at a

re a

vaila

ble

, an

d

the

cut

of

file

s fo

r diffe

rent

applic

atio

ns

2.1

5

expla

in h

ow

to p

repare

the

com

ponen

ts for

the

filin

g o

per

atio

ns

(cle

anin

g,

de-

burr

ing,

mar

king

out)

2.1

6

des

crib

e th

e use

of

vice

-jaw

pla

tes

to p

rote

ct t

he

work

pie

ce f

rom

dam

age

2.1

7

des

crib

e th

e ty

pes

and a

pplic

ation o

f port

able

pow

er t

ools

that

can

be

use

d f

or

the

han

d-f

itting

oper

atio

ns

2.1

8

expla

in t

he

import

ance

of en

suri

ng t

hat

file

han

dle

s ar

e se

cure

and f

ree

from

em

bed

ded

fore

ign b

odie

s or

split

s 2.1

9

expla

in h

ow

to c

hec

k th

at p

ort

able

pow

er t

ools

and

exte

nsi

on c

able

s are

fre

e fr

om

dam

age

and a

re in a

sa

fe u

sable

conditio

n

2.2

0

expla

in h

ow

to s

et a

nd a

dju

st t

ools

, su

ch a

s sq

uar

es,

pro

tract

ors

and v

ernie

rs

2.2

1

expla

in t

he

import

ance

of usi

ng t

ools

only

for

the

purp

ose

inte

nded

; th

e ca

re t

hat

is

required

when

usi

ng t

he

equip

men

t an

d t

ools

; th

e pro

per

way

of

storing t

ools

and e

quip

men

t bet

wee

n o

per

atio

ns

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

147

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.2

2

expla

in t

he

nee

d for

clea

r an

d d

imen

sional

ly-

accu

rate

mar

king o

ut

to s

pec

ific

ation a

nd d

raw

ing

requirem

ents

2.2

3

des

crib

e th

e co

mpan

y pro

cedure

s fo

r co

ntr

olli

ng

docu

men

ts a

nd info

rmat

ion

2.2

4

des

crib

e th

e pro

ble

ms

that

can o

ccur

with t

he

cutt

ing a

nd s

hapin

g o

per

atio

ns,

and h

ow

can

thes

e be

ove

rcom

e 2.2

5

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________



148


149

Unit 16: Producing pattern, corebox or model components by FRP moulding


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 60


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to produce fibre-reinforced plastic (FRP) patterns, negatives, corebox and model components, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to use appropriate manufacturing drawings, instructions, specifications and quality documentation to produce the various types of component. The size, shape and complexity of the parts to be produced will vary, and it is anticipated that some components will be produced from existing pattern or model equipment, and others from preformed structures or formers. The components to be produced may combine a range of techniques and shapes, and will have features that include flat laminates, box/tray sections, double curvatures, convex or concave profile, stiffened mouldings and inserts. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the moulding activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the moulding activities, materials or equipment that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying FRP moulding procedures. The learner will understand the moulding techniques and procedures used, and their application, and will know about the tools, equipment, techniques, materials and consumables, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the components produced are to the required specification. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the moulding operations. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.



150





N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

151

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

Produce

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

com

ponen

ts b

y FR

P m

ould

ing

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

ca

rry

out

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing d

uring t

he

mould

ing

oper

atio

ns:

–

use

the

corr

ect

issu

e of dra

win

gs,

spec

ific

atio

ns

and

mat

eria

l data

shee

ts,

etc

–

use

copie

s of re

leva

nt

CO

SH

H s

hee

ts a

nd r

isk

asse

ssm

ents

–

obta

in t

he

corr

ect

mate

rial

s (i

n life

bat

ches

, co

rrec

tly

pro

tect

ed)

–

obta

in a

nd c

hec

k th

at

all to

ols

and e

quip

men

t to

be

use

d a

re fit f

or

purp

ose

–

use

appro

ved a

nd s

afe

mould

ing p

roce

dure

s at

all tim

es

–

retu

rn a

ll to

ols

and e

quip

men

t to

the

corr

ect

loca

tion o

n c

om

ple

tion o

f th

e ac

tivi

ties

–

le

ave

the

work

are

a in

a s

afe

conditio

n o

n

com

ple

tion o

f th

e ac

tivi

ties

1.3

fo

llow

the

corr

ect

com

ponen

t dra

win

g o

r an

y oth

er

rela

ted s

pec

ific

ations

for

the

com

ponen

t to

be

pro

duce

d

1.4

det

erm

ine

what

has

to b

e done

and h

ow

this

will

be

achie

ved

1.5

obta

in a

nd p

repare

the

appro

priat

e to

ols

, eq

uip

men

t an

d m

ater

ials

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

152

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.6

ca

rry

out

the

mould

ing o

r la

ying-u

p a

ctiv

itie

s usi

ng

the

corr

ect

met

hods

and t

echniq

ues

1.7

ap

ply

mould

ing a

nd lay

ing u

p m

ethods

and

tech

niq

ues

to incl

ude

five

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

met

al t

oolin

g

–

com

posi

te t

oolin

g

–

wooden

toolin

g

–

vacu

um

baggin

g

–

pre

ssure

bag

gin

g

–

inte

rfer

ence

mould

ing

–

cutt

ing m

ethods

–

mix

ing m

ethods

–

auto

clav

e m

ould

ing

–

hot

wax

pro

cess

–

m

atch

ed m

etal

–

ove

n m

ould

ing

–

pre

ss m

ould

ing

–

quic

k pre

ssin

g

–

tape

layi

ng

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

153

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.8

ca

rry

out

six

of

the

follo

win

g o

per

atio

ns:

–

tool/

equip

men

t p

repar

atio

n

–

curing t

emper

ature

/pre

ssure

–

la

y-up

–

trim

min

g

–

mat

orien

tation

–

num

ber

of

plie

s

–

room

tem

per

ature

contr

ol

–

de-

mould

ing

1.9

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts t

o t

he

required

spec

ific

ation

1.1

0

pro

duce

a r

ange

of

com

ponen

ts w

ith fiv

e of th

e fo

llow

ing fea

ture

s:

–

flat

lam

inate

s –

tr

ay s

ections

–

single

curv

ature

–

double

curv

ature

s –

co

nve

x sh

apes

–

co

nca

ve s

hap

es

–

taper

ed face

s –

st

iffe

ned

mould

ings

–

step

ped

form

s

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

154

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.1

1

pro

duce

a r

ange

of

com

ponen

ts u

sing o

ne

type

of

resi

n fro

m:

–

poly

este

r

–

elas

tom

er

–

phen

olic

–

si

licone

–

epoxy

–

bis

male

imid

e –

th

erm

opla

stic

1.1

2

pro

duce

a r

ange

of

com

ponen

ts u

sing o

ne

type

of

fibro

us

mate

rial

fro

m:

–

gla

ss f

ibre

–

ar

amid

–

te

ryle

ne

–

boro

n f

ibre

–

nyl

on

–

carb

ide

–

jute

–

Kev

lar

–

carb

on fib

re

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

155

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.1

3

pro

duce

a r

ange

of

com

ponen

ts u

sing o

ne

type

of

stiffe

ner

fro

m:

–

honey

com

b

–

foam

–

synta

ctic

core

–

su

pport

s –

in

sert

s –

lif

ting f

acili

ties

1.1

4

pro

duce

a r

ange

of

com

ponen

ts u

sing t

hre

e an

cilla

ry m

ater

ials

fro

m:

–

bag

gin

g film

s –

ble

ed p

lies

–

ta

pes

–

re

lease

agen

ts

–

solv

ents

–

fo

amin

g a

dhes

ives

–

fille

rs

–

seal

ants

1.1

5

chec

k th

at a

ll th

e re

quired

oper

atio

ns

hav

e bee

n

com

ple

ted t

o s

pec

ific

atio

n

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

156

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.1

6

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts w

hic

h c

om

ply

with a

ll of

the

follo

win

g s

tandar

ds:

–

IS

O 9

000 s

erie

s an

d p

roce

dure

s –

cu

stom

er s

tandar

ds

and r

equirem

ents

–

co

mpan

y st

andar

ds

and p

roce

dure

s 1.1

7

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith p

roble

ms

within

th

eir

contr

ol an

d r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

solv

ed

2.

Know

how

to p

roduce

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

co

mponen

ts b

y FR

P m

ould

ing

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

saf

ety

pra

ctic

es a

nd

pro

cedure

s th

at t

hey

nee

d t

o o

bse

rve

when

w

ork

ing w

ith fib

re r

einfo

rced

pla

stic

s (i

ncl

udin

g a

ny

spec

ific

leg

isla

tion,

regula

tions/

codes

of pra

ctic

e fo

r th

e act

ivitie

s, e

quip

men

t or

mate

rial

s)

2.2

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

work

are

a w

her

e th

ey a

re c

arry

ing o

ut

the

mould

ing a

ctiv

itie

s, a

nd t

he

resp

onsi

bili

ty t

hes

e re

quirem

ents

pla

ce o

n t

he

lear

ner

2.3

des

crib

e th

e pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t th

at t

hey

nee

d

to u

se f

or

both

per

sonal

pro

tect

ion a

nd,

wher

e ap

pro

priat

e, t

he

pro

tect

ion o

f oth

ers

2.4

des

crib

e th

e haz

ards

asso

ciate

d w

ith c

arry

ing o

ut

FRP m

ould

ing a

ctiv

itie

s, a

nd w

ith t

he

tools

, m

ater

ials

and e

quip

men

t use

d,

and h

ow

they

can

be

min

imis

ed

2.5

des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

for

the

corr

ect

separ

atio

n

and s

afe

dis

posa

l of

was

te m

ater

ials

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

157

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.6

des

crib

e th

e in

terp

reta

tion o

f dra

win

gs,

sta

ndar

ds,

qual

ity

contr

ol pro

cedure

s an

d s

pec

ific

atio

ns

use

d

for

the

mould

ing a

ctiv

ity,

and t

he

curr

ency

/iss

ue

chec

ks o

f th

e docu

men

ts t

hey

are

work

ing w

ith

2.7

des

crib

e th

e use

of and c

onve

ntions/

term

inolo

gy

use

d in m

ould

ing/l

ayin

g u

p (

such

as

mat

eria

l ta

iloring,

‘B’ st

agin

g,

vacu

um

bag

gin

g,

bac

king

mat

eria

ls,

pee

l pile

s, b

leed

fel

t, f

oam

ing a

dhes

ives

, in

tensi

fier

s, a

uto

clav

e te

chniq

ues

, m

ater

ial w

et lay

-up,

dry

fib

re d

ryin

g p

roce

dure

s)

2.8

des

crib

e th

e ty

pes

of

com

ponen

t tr

imm

ing/c

utt

ing

met

hods

ava

ilable

, and t

rim

min

g m

ethods

on t

he

tool

2.9

des

crib

e th

e m

ethods

of ac

hie

ving c

onso

lidat

ion a

t fo

am/h

oney

com

b/d

isco

ntinuous

layi

ng-u

p p

oin

ts

2.1

0

expla

in t

he

reaso

ns

for

par

t-cu

re p

roce

dure

s, a

nd

thei

r ef

fect

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e m

ater

ial ty

pes

and t

hei

r m

erits

(such

as

mate

rial lif

e, t

hei

r co

nst

ruct

ion,

types

of w

eave

, re

sins,

bulk

pro

ble

ms

with liq

uid

res

ins,

th

erm

opla

stic

s, p

re-i

mpre

gnate

d m

ater

ials

, fo

am

, honey

com

b,

dis

continuous

mat

eria

ls)

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e fu

nct

ion a

nd a

pplic

atio

n o

f th

e fo

llow

ing m

ater

ials

: re

lease

agen

ts,

gel

coat

s, f

ibre

m

atting,

liquid

res

ins,

cat

alys

ts,

acce

lera

tors

, har

den

ers

and fill

ers

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

158

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e diffe

rent

mix

ing m

ethods

(manual

and

mec

han

ical)

that

can b

e use

d w

hen

pre

par

ing

mat

eria

ls for

use

2.1

4

expla

in h

ow

diffe

rent

mat

eria

ls c

an b

e use

d t

o

pro

vide:

longer

work

ing t

imes

; rigid

, st

rong a

nd

hard

wea

ring s

urf

ace

s; b

ack

ing u

p m

ediu

ms;

short

or

long c

uring t

imes

2.1

5

des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

s w

hen

tem

per

ature

cure

is

use

d,

and t

he

nee

d f

or

ther

moco

uple

s on

tem

per

ature

contr

ol

2.1

6

des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

s fo

r re

mould

ing,

lost

wax

rem

ova

l and fir

st a

rtic

le insp

ection (

such

as

test

sa

mple

s, n

on-d

estr

uct

ive

test

ing (

ND

T)

requirem

ents

)

2.1

7

des

crib

e th

e qual

ity

contr

ol pro

cedure

s th

at

nee

d t

o

be

follo

wed

during t

he

lay-

up m

ould

ing o

per

atio

ns

2.1

8

des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

s fo

r en

suring t

hat

they

hav

e th

e co

rrec

t to

ols

and e

quip

men

t 2.1

9

des

crib

e th

e m

ethods

and t

echniq

ues

for

lifting,

han

dlin

g a

nd s

upport

ing t

he

com

ponen

ts/e

quip

men

t/m

ater

ials

during t

he

lay-

up

mould

ing a

ctiv

itie

s 2.2

0

expla

in h

ow

to r

ecognis

e la

y-up/m

ould

ing d

efec

ts

(such

as

mis

alig

nm

ent,

dis

tort

ion,

fore

ign o

bje

ct

dam

age,

conta

min

ation a

nd s

urf

ace

def

ects

)

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

159

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.2

1

des

crib

e th

e to

ols

and e

quip

men

t use

d in t

he

lay-

up

mould

ing a

ctiv

itie

s, a

nd t

hei

r ca

libra

tion,

care

, pre

par

ation a

nd c

ontr

ol pro

cedure

s 2.2

2

des

crib

e th

e pro

ble

ms

that

can o

ccur

with t

he

lay-

up/m

ould

ing o

per

atio

ns,

and h

ow

thes

e ca

n b

e ove

rcom

e 2.2

3

des

crib

e th

e re

cord

ing d

ocu

men

tation t

o b

e co

mple

ted f

or

the

lay-

up/m

ould

ing a

ctiv

itie

s under

take

n a

nd,

wher

e ap

pro

priat

e, t

he

import

ance

of m

arki

ng a

nd iden

tify

ing s

pec

ific

pie

ces

of w

ork

in

rela

tion t

o t

he

docu

men

tation

2.2

4

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________



160


161

Unit 17: Assembling wood/composite pattern, corebox or model components


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 35


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to assemble wood and composite pattern, corebox and model components using mechanical fixing devices and adhesives, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate tools and equipment to use, based on the operations to be performed and the type of components to be assembled, and to check that they are in a safe and serviceable condition. The learner will be expected to select the appropriate fixing devices and adhesives to use, based on the type, size and material of the components to be assembled. The learner will need to identify and create any datums that will be required to locate the components during the assembly process. The size, shape and complexity of the parts to be assembled, and the finished equipment or model will vary, and it is anticipated that some components will be sub-assembled prior to the final assembly taking place. The assembly activities will also include making all necessary checks and adjustments to ensure that the assembled pattern equipment or model meets the required specification, that fasteners are securely tightened, and that the completed assembly is free from damage and has an appropriate cosmetic appearance. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the assembly activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the assembly activities, tools, adhesives or equipment used that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to the assembly of components to form wood and composite pattern equipment or models. The learner will understand the pattern equipment or model being assembled, and its application, and will know about the assembly techniques, components,



162

equipment, relevant materials, adhesives and fastening devices, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities to the required specification. The learner’s knowledge will be sufficient to enable them to identify damaged and out-of-tolerance components or sub-assemblies. The learner will know the implications of producing assemblies that do not meet specification on the castings, cores or models produced. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the assembly operations. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.





N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

163

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

Ass

emble

wood/c

om

posi

te

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

co

mponen

ts

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

ca

rry

out

all

the

follo

win

g d

uri

ng t

he

asse

mbly

act

ivitie

s:

–

obta

in a

nd u

se t

he

corr

ect

issu

e of

docu

men

ts

and s

pec

ific

atio

ns

–

com

ply

with r

elev

ant

CO

SH

H s

hee

ts a

nd r

isk

asse

ssm

ent

stan

dar

ds

–

chec

k all

tools

and e

quip

men

t ar

e in

a s

afe

and

usa

ble

conditio

n

–

obta

in a

ll th

e re

quired

com

ponen

ts a

nd s

ecuring

dev

ices

for

the

ass

embly

–

use

rec

ognis

ed a

nd a

ppro

ved a

ssem

bly

te

chniq

ues

and p

roce

dure

s –

pro

duce

ass

emblie

s w

hic

h c

om

ply

with t

he

spec

ific

atio

n

–

leav

e th

e w

ork

are

a in

a s

afe

conditio

n

1.3

fo

llow

the

rele

vant

inst

ruct

ions,

ass

embly

dra

win

gs

and a

ny

oth

er s

pec

ific

atio

ns

1.4

en

sure

that

the

spec

ifie

d c

om

ponen

ts a

re a

vaila

ble

an

d t

hat

they

are

in a

usa

ble

conditio

n

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

164

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.5

use

four

of th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of co

mponen

t in

the

sub-a

ssem

blie

s:

–

flat

–

ta

per

ed

–

st

epped

–

cu

rved

–

co

nca

ve

–

conve

x 1.6

use

the

appro

priat

e m

ethods

and t

echniq

ues

to

asse

mble

the

com

ponen

ts in t

hei

r co

rrec

t posi

tions

1.7

ap

ply

all

of

the

follo

win

g a

ssem

bly

met

hods

and

tech

niq

ues

: –

en

suring t

hat

corr

ect

par

t num

ber

s ar

e use

d

–

ensu

ring t

hat

corr

ect

‘han

d’ of co

mponen

ts a

re

use

d (

left

or

right

handed

) –

orien

tating,

posi

tionin

g a

nd a

lignin

g c

om

ponen

ts

–

secu

ring c

om

ponen

ts u

sing m

echan

ical

fast

ener

s (p

ins,

scr

ews,

nai

ls)

–

secu

ring c

om

ponen

ts u

sing a

dhes

ives

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

165

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.8

pro

duce

pat

tern

or

model

ass

emblie

s w

hic

h incl

ude

four

of

the

follo

win

g:

–

flat

-bac

ked p

atte

rns

with a

min

imum

of tw

o

core

s –

irre

gula

r jo

int

pat

tern

s (w

ith o

r w

ithout

core

s)

–

split

patt

erns

without

core

s –

sp

lit p

att

erns

with c

ore

s –

pla

ted p

atte

rns

(dra

gs)

–

pla

ted p

atte

rns

(copes

) –

so

lid t

urn

out

core

boxe

s –

sp

lit c

ore

boxe

s –

co

reboxe

s w

ith s

pec

ial fe

ature

s (l

oose

pie

ces,

co

llapsi

ble

) –

fu

ll-si

ze m

odel

s

–

sect

ional

full-

size

model

s –

sc

ale

model

s –

se

ctio

nal

sca

le m

odel

s 1.9

se

cure

the

com

ponen

ts u

sing t

he

spec

ifie

d

connec

tors

and s

ecuri

ng d

evic

es

1.1

0

chec

k th

e co

mple

ted a

ssem

bly

to e

nsu

re t

hat

all

oper

atio

ns

hav

e bee

n c

om

ple

ted a

nd t

he

finis

hed

as

sem

bly

mee

ts t

he

required

spec

ific

atio

n

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

166

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.1

1

carr

y out

qual

ity

and a

ccura

cy c

hec

ks w

hic

h incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

–

ove

rall

dim

ensi

ons

–

surf

ace

fin

ish

–

com

ple

tenes

s of

pat

tern

–

se

curi

ty o

f as

sem

ble

d p

arts

–

id

entifica

tion m

arki

ng

1.1

2

pro

duce

pat

tern

/model

ass

emblie

s w

hic

h c

om

ply

w

ith o

ne

or

more

of

the

follo

win

g s

tandar

ds:

–

IS

O 9

000 s

erie

s an

d p

roce

dure

s –

cu

stom

er s

tandar

ds

and r

equirem

ents

–

co

mpan

y st

andar

ds

and p

roce

dure

s 1.1

3

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith p

roble

ms

within

th

eir

contr

ol an

d r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

solv

ed

2.

Know

how

to a

ssem

ble

w

ood/c

om

posi

te p

atte

rn,

core

box

or

model

co

mponen

ts

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

saf

ety

pre

cautions

to b

e ta

ken

whils

t ca

rryi

ng o

ut

the

asse

mbly

act

ivitie

s (i

ncl

udin

g a

ny

spec

ific

leg

isla

tion,

regula

tions

or

codes

of

pra

ctic

e re

lating t

o t

he

activi

ties

, eq

uip

men

t or

mat

eria

ls)

2.2

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

work

are

a in w

hic

h t

hey

are

car

ryin

g o

ut

the

asse

mbly

act

ivitie

s, a

nd t

he

resp

onsi

bili

ty t

hey

pla

ce o

n t

he

learn

er

2.3

des

crib

e th

e per

sonal pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t an

d

cloth

ing t

o b

e w

orn

during t

he

ass

embly

act

ivitie

s

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

167

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.4

des

crib

e th

e haz

ards

asso

ciate

d w

ith p

roduci

ng

wood a

nd c

om

posi

te p

atte

rn o

r m

odel

ass

emblie

s,

and h

ow

they

can

be

min

imis

ed

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

to o

bta

in t

he

nec

essa

ry job

inst

ruct

ions,

dra

win

gs

and s

pec

ific

atio

ns

for

the

ass

embly

, and h

ow

to inte

rpre

t th

e in

form

ation

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

to iden

tify

the

com

ponen

ts t

o b

e use

d;

com

ponen

t id

entifica

tion s

yste

ms

(eg c

odes

and

com

ponen

t orien

tation indic

ators

) 2.7

des

crib

e th

e pre

par

atio

ns

to b

e under

take

n o

n t

he

com

ponen

ts p

rior

to f

itting t

hem

into

the

asse

mbly

2.8

des

crib

e th

e as

sem

bly

met

hods

and p

roce

dure

s to

be

use

d,

and t

he

import

ance

of

adher

ing t

o t

hes

e pro

cedure

s 2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to m

ark

out

the

nec

essa

ry d

atu

m lin

es

for

the

ass

embly

oper

atio

ns

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

the

com

ponen

ts a

re t

o b

e al

igned

and

posi

tioned

prior

to s

ecuring t

hem

, an

d t

he

tools

and

equip

men

t th

at a

re u

sed

2.1

1

expla

in w

hy

som

e ty

pes

of as

sem

bly

req

uire

the

use

of jigs

and g

auges

to a

id t

he

asse

mbly

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

mec

han

ical fa

sten

ers

that

will

be

use

d t

o s

ecure

the

pat

tern

or

model

equip

men

t,

and t

hei

r m

ethod o

f in

stal

lation (

incl

udin

g p

ins,

nai

ls,

scre

ws

and s

pec

ial se

curing d

evic

es)

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

168

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

3

expla

in t

he

applic

atio

n o

f ad

hes

ives

within

the

asse

mbly

act

ivitie

s, a

nd t

he

pre

cautions

that

must

be

take

n w

hen

work

ing w

ith t

hem

2.1

4

des

crib

e th

e qual

ity

contr

ol pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

during t

he

ass

embly

oper

atio

ns

2.1

5

expla

in h

ow

to c

onduct

any

nec

essa

ry c

hec

ks t

o

ensu

re t

he

accu

racy

and q

ual

ity

of th

e patt

ern

equip

men

t or

model

s pro

duce

d

2.1

6

expla

in h

ow

to r

ecognis

e def

ects

ble

mis

hes

, poor

alig

nm

ent,

inef

fect

ive

fast

ener

s, o

r dam

aged

co

mponen

ts

2.1

7

expla

in h

ow

to c

hec

k th

at t

he

tools

and e

quip

men

t to

be

use

d a

re in a

saf

e an

d s

ervi

ceab

le c

onditio

n

2.1

8

expla

in t

he

import

ance

of

ensu

ring t

hat

all

tools

are

use

d c

orr

ectly

and w

ithin

thei

r per

mitte

d o

per

atin

g

range

2.1

9

expla

in w

hy

it is

import

ant

to k

eep t

he

tools

and

equip

men

t cl

ean a

nd f

ree

from

dam

age,

to p

ract

ice

good h

ouse

keep

ing o

f to

ols

and e

quip

men

t an

d t

o

mai

nta

in a

cle

an a

nd u

nobst

ruct

ed w

ork

ing a

rea

2.2

0

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

169

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________



170


171

Unit 18: Assembling metal pattern, corebox or model components

Unit reference number: R/502/9330

QCF level: 3

Credit value: 35


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to assemble metal pattern, corebox and model components using mechanical fixing devices and adhesives, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate tools and equipment to use, based on the operations to be performed and type of components to be assembled, and to check that they are in a safe and serviceable condition. The learner will be expected to select the appropriate fixing devices and adhesives to use, based on the type, size and material of the components to be assembled. The learner will need to identify and create any datums that will be required to locate the components during the assembly process. The size, shape and complexity of the parts to be assembled, and the finished equipment or model will vary. However, it is anticipated that the assembled pattern equipment will consist mainly of plated patterns and coreboxes used in mechanised production. The assembly activities will also include making all necessary checks and adjustments to ensure that the assembled pattern equipment or model meets the required specification, that fasteners are securely tightened, and that the completed assembly is free from damage and has an appropriate cosmetic appearance. Final dimensional inspection will normally be carried out by others using co-ordinate measuring equipment. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the pattern or model assembly activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the assembly activities, tools or equipment used that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they produce. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to the assembly of components to form metal pattern equipment or models. The learner will understand the pattern equipment or model being assembled, and its application, and will know about the assembly techniques, components, equipment, relevant



172

materials and fastening devices, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities to the required specification. The learner’s knowledge will be sufficient to enable them to identify damaged and out-of-tolerance components or other ancillary equipment supplied. The learner will know the implications of producing assemblies that do not meet specification on the castings, cores or models produced. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the assembly operations. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.





N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

173

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1

Ass

emble

met

al p

atte

rn,

core

box

or

model

co

mponen

ts

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

ca

rry

out

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing a

ctiv

itie

s during t

he

asse

mbly

act

ivitie

s:

–

obta

in a

nd u

se t

he

corr

ect

issu

e of

docu

men

ts

and s

pec

ific

atio

ns

–

com

ply

with r

elev

ant

CO

SH

H s

hee

ts a

nd r

isk

asse

ssm

ent

stan

dar

ds

–

chec

k th

at a

ll to

ols

and e

quip

men

t ar

e in

a s

afe

an

d u

sable

conditio

n

–

obta

in a

ll th

e re

quired

com

ponen

ts a

nd s

ecuring

dev

ices

for

the

ass

embly

–

use

rec

ognis

ed a

nd a

ppro

ved a

ssem

bly

te

chniq

ues

and p

roce

dure

s –

pro

duce

ass

emblie

s w

hic

h c

om

ply

with t

he

spec

ific

atio

n

–

leav

e th

e w

ork

are

a in

a s

afe

conditio

n

1.3

fo

llow

the

rele

vant

inst

ruct

ions,

ass

embly

dra

win

gs

and a

ny

oth

er s

pec

ific

atio

ns

1.4

en

sure

that

the

spec

ifie

d c

om

ponen

ts a

re a

vaila

ble

an

d t

hat

they

are

in a

usa

ble

conditio

n

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

174

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.5

use

four

of th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of co

mponen

t in

the

sub-a

ssem

blie

s:

–

flat

–

ta

per

ed

–

step

ped

–

cu

rved

–

conca

ve

–

conve

x 1.6

use

the

appro

priat

e m

ethods

and t

echniq

ues

to

asse

mble

the

com

ponen

ts in t

hei

r co

rrec

t posi

tions

1.7

ap

ply

all

of

the

follo

win

g a

ssem

bly

met

hods

and

tech

niq

ues

:

–

ensu

ring t

hat

corr

ect

par

t num

ber

s ar

e use

d

–

ensu

ring t

hat

corr

ect

han

d o

f co

mponen

ts a

re

use

d (

left

or

right

handed

) –

orien

tating,

posi

tionin

g a

nd a

lignin

g c

om

ponen

ts

–

secu

ring c

om

ponen

ts u

sing m

echan

ical

fast

ener

s (n

uts

, bolts,

set

scr

ews,

dow

els

and p

ins)

–

ap

ply

ing s

eala

nts

/adhes

ives

–

ap

ply

ing b

olt lock

ing m

ethods

(split

pin

s, w

ire

lock

ing,

lock

nuts

, st

iff nuts

)

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

175

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.8

pro

duce

pat

tern

or

model

ass

emblie

s w

hic

h incl

ude

four

of

the

follo

win

g:

–

pla

ted p

atte

rns

(dra

gs)

–

pla

ted p

atte

rns

(copes

) –

va

cuum

form

ing t

ools

–

st

rippin

g p

late

s

–

co

re/m

ould

ass

embly

jig

s/fixt

ure

s –

co

re b

oxe

s (s

olid

, sp

lit o

r w

ith s

pec

ial fe

ature

s)

–

full-

size

model

s –

se

ctio

nal

full

size

model

s –

sc

ale

model

s –

se

ctio

nal

sca

le m

odel

s 1.9

se

cure

the

com

ponen

ts u

sing t

he

spec

ifie

d

connec

tors

and s

ecuri

ng d

evic

es

1.1

0

chec

k th

e co

mple

ted a

ssem

bly

to e

nsu

re t

hat

all

oper

atio

ns

hav

e bee

n c

om

ple

ted a

nd t

he

finis

hed

as

sem

bly

mee

ts t

he

required

spec

ific

atio

n

1.1

1

carr

y out

qual

ity

and a

ccura

cy c

hec

ks w

hic

h incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

–

ove

rall

dim

ensi

ons

–

surf

ace

fin

ish

–

com

ple

tenes

s –

se

curi

ty o

f as

sem

ble

d p

arts

–

id

entifica

tion m

arki

ng

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

176

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.1

2

pro

duce

pat

tern

/model

ass

emblie

s w

hic

h c

om

ply

w

ith o

ne

or

more

of

the

follo

win

g s

tandar

ds:

–

IS

O 9

000 s

erie

s an

d p

roce

dure

s –

cu

stom

er s

tandar

ds

and r

equirem

ents

–

co

mpan

y st

andar

ds

and p

roce

dure

s 1.1

3

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith p

roble

ms

within

th

eir

contr

ol an

d r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

solv

ed

2.

Know

how

to a

ssem

ble

m

etal

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

com

ponen

ts

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

saf

ety

pre

cautions

to b

e ta

ken

whils

t ca

rryi

ng o

ut

the

asse

mbly

act

ivitie

s (i

ncl

udin

g a

ny

spec

ific

leg

isla

tion,

regula

tions

or

codes

of

pra

ctic

e re

lating t

o t

he

activi

ties

, eq

uip

men

t or

mat

eria

ls)

2.2

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

work

are

a in w

hic

h t

hey

are

car

ryin

g o

ut

the

asse

mbly

act

ivitie

s, a

nd t

he

resp

onsi

bili

ty t

hey

pla

ce o

n t

he

learn

er

2.3

des

crib

e th

e per

sonal pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t an

d

cloth

ing t

o b

e w

orn

during t

he

ass

embly

act

ivitie

s 2.4

des

crib

e th

e haz

ards

asso

ciate

d w

ith p

roduci

ng

met

al p

atte

rn o

r m

odel

ass

emblie

s, a

nd h

ow

they

ca

n b

e m

inim

ised

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

to o

bta

in t

he

nec

essa

ry job

inst

ruct

ions,

dra

win

gs

and s

pec

ific

atio

ns

for

the

ass

embly

, and h

ow

to inte

rpre

t th

e in

form

ation

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

to iden

tify

the

com

ponen

ts t

o b

e use

d;

com

ponen

t id

entifica

tion s

yste

ms

(eg c

odes

and

com

ponen

t orien

tation indic

ators

)

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

177

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.7

des

crib

e th

e pre

par

atio

ns

to b

e under

take

n o

n t

he

com

ponen

ts p

rior

to f

itting t

hem

into

the

asse

mbly

2.8

des

crib

e th

e as

sem

bly

met

hods

and p

roce

dure

s to

be

use

d,

and t

he

import

ance

of

adher

ing t

o t

hes

e pro

cedure

s 2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to m

ark

out

the

nec

essa

ry d

atu

m lin

es

for

the

ass

embly

oper

atio

ns

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

the

com

ponen

ts a

re t

o b

e al

igned

and

posi

tioned

prior

to s

ecuring t

hem

, an

d t

he

tools

and

equip

men

t th

at a

re u

sed

2.1

1

expla

in w

hy

som

e ty

pes

of as

sem

bly

req

uire

the

use

of jigs

and g

auges

to a

id t

he

asse

mbly

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

mec

han

ical fa

sten

ers

that

will

be

use

d t

o s

ecure

the

pat

tern

or

model

equip

men

t,

and t

hei

r m

ethod o

f in

stal

lation (

incl

udin

g t

hre

aded

fa

sten

ers,

dow

els

and p

ins,

spec

ial se

curing

dev

ices

) 2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e ap

plic

ation o

f se

alants

and a

dhes

ives

w

ithin

the

asse

mbly

act

ivitie

s, a

nd t

he

pre

cautions

that

must

be

take

n w

hen

work

ing w

ith t

hem

2.1

4

des

crib

e th

e qual

ity

contr

ol pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

during t

he

ass

embly

oper

atio

ns

2.1

5

expla

in h

ow

to c

onduct

any

nec

essa

ry c

hec

ks t

o

ensu

re t

he

accu

racy

and q

ual

ity

of th

e patt

ern

equip

men

t or

model

s pro

duce

d

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

178

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

6

expla

in h

ow

to r

ecognis

e def

ects

, ble

mis

hes

, poor

alig

nm

ent,

inef

fect

ive

fast

ener

s, o

r dam

aged

co

mponen

ts

2.1

7

des

crib

e th

e m

ethods

and e

quip

men

t use

d t

o lift

and h

andle

lar

ge

or

hea

vy c

om

ponen

ts into

posi

tion

2.1

8

expla

in h

ow

to c

hec

k th

at t

he

tools

and e

quip

men

t to

be

use

d a

re in a

saf

e an

d s

ervi

ceab

le c

onditio

n,

and h

ow

to c

hec

k th

at t

he

equip

men

t is

within

its

cu

rren

t ce

rtific

atio

n d

ates

2.1

9

expla

in t

he

import

ance

of

ensu

ring t

hat

all

tools

are

use

d c

orr

ectly

and w

ithin

thei

r per

mitte

d o

per

atin

g

range

2.2

0

expla

in w

hy

it is

import

ant

to k

eep t

he

tools

and

equip

men

t cl

ean a

nd f

ree

from

dam

age,

to p

ract

ice

good h

ouse

keep

ing o

f to

ols

and e

quip

men

t, a

nd t

o

mai

nta

in a

cle

an a

nd u

nobst

ruct

ed w

ork

ing a

rea

2.2

1

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


179

Unit 19: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using cast resin techniques


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 60


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to cast resin pattern parts, coreboxes, corebox parts and model components, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to use appropriate manufacturing drawings, instructions, specifications and documentation, together with other quality documentation to produce the various types of component. The size, shape and complexity of the parts to be produced will vary, and it is anticipated that originals and duplicates will be used in the process. Individual sections of patterns, coreboxes and models will be cast from existing equipment when alterations, modifications or repairs are required. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the resin casting activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the casting activities, tools or equipment used that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying resin casting procedures. The learner will understand the resin casting requirements and procedures, and their application, and will know about the tools, techniques, materials and consumables used, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the components produced are to the required specification. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the casting operations. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.



180





N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

181

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

Produce

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

com

ponen

ts

usi

ng c

ast

res

in

tech

niq

ues

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

ca

rry

out

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing d

uring t

he

resi

n

cast

ing o

per

atio

ns:

–

use

the

corr

ect

issu

e of dra

win

gs,

spec

ific

atio

ns

and m

ater

ial dat

a sh

eets

–

use

copie

s of re

leva

nt

CO

SH

H s

hee

ts a

nd r

isk

asse

ssm

ents

–

obta

in m

ater

ials

(in

life

batc

hes

, co

rrec

tly

pro

tect

ed)

–

obta

in a

ll to

ols

and e

quip

men

t to

be

use

d a

nd

chec

k th

at t

hey

are

fit for

purp

ose

–

use

appro

ved a

nd s

afe

cast

ing p

roce

dure

s at

all

tim

es

–

retu

rn a

ll to

ols

and e

quip

men

t to

the

corr

ect

loca

tion o

n c

om

ple

tion o

f th

e ac

tivi

ties

–

le

ave

the

work

are

a in

a s

afe

conditio

n

1.3

fo

llow

the

corr

ect

com

ponen

t dra

win

g o

r an

y oth

er

rela

ted s

pec

ific

ations

for

the

com

ponen

t to

be

pro

duce

d

1.4

det

erm

ine

what

has

to b

e done

and h

ow

this

will

be

achie

ved

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

182

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.5

obta

in a

nd p

repare

the

appro

priat

e to

ols

, eq

uip

men

t an

d m

ater

ials

1.6

pre

par

e al

l of th

e fo

llow

ing in r

eadin

ess

for

the

cast

ing a

ctiv

itie

s:

–

mas

ters

–

fr

ames

–

inse

rts

–

rele

ase

sys

tem

s 1.7

use

sev

en o

f th

e fo

llow

ing m

ate

rial

s during t

he

cast

ing a

ctiv

itie

s:

–

resi

ns

(incl

udin

g q

uic

k se

t)

–

cata

lyst

s –

acc

eler

ators

–

pig

men

ts

–

wax

–

rele

ase

agen

ts

–

fille

rs

–

stopper

s –

w

ood/m

etal

inse

rts

1.8

ca

rry

out

the

mould

ing o

r la

ying-u

p a

ctiv

itie

s usi

ng

the

corr

ect

met

hods

and t

echniq

ues

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

183

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.9

pre

par

e an

d c

ast

mat

eria

ls t

o incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

–

det

erm

inin

g t

he

corr

ect

type

and a

mount

of

resi

n m

ixes

–

m

ixin

g t

he

mat

eria

ls e

ither

man

ual

ly o

r m

echan

ically

–

ca

stin

g f

ull

or

par

t-m

ould

sec

tions

or

model

s –

ap

ply

ing c

orr

ect

de-

mould

ing t

echniq

ues

–

tr

imm

ing a

nd d

ress

ing c

ast

com

ponen

ts

–

rect

ifyi

ng m

inor

surf

ace

def

ects

(as

appro

priat

e)

1.1

0

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts t

o t

he

required

spec

ific

ation

1.1

1

pro

duce

a r

ange

of

com

ponen

ts w

hic

h c

ove

r five

of

the

follo

win

g fea

ture

s:

–

flat

face

s –

ta

per

ed face

s –

cu

rved

pro

file

s –

st

epped

fea

ture

s –

co

nca

ve p

rofile

s –

co

nve

x pro

file

s 1.1

2

chec

k th

at a

ll th

e re

quired

oper

atio

ns

hav

e bee

n

com

ple

ted t

o s

pec

ific

atio

n

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

184

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.1

3

pro

duce

pat

tern

. or

model

ass

emblie

s w

hic

h c

om

ply

w

ith o

ne

or

more

of

the

follo

win

g s

tandar

ds:

–

IS

O 9

000 s

erie

s an

d p

roce

dure

s –

cu

stom

er s

tandar

ds

and r

equirem

ents

–

co

mpan

y st

andar

ds

and p

roce

dure

s 1.1

4

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith p

roble

ms

within

th

eir

contr

ol an

d r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

solv

ed

2.

Know

how

to p

roduce

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

co

mponen

ts u

sing c

ast

re

sin t

echniq

ues

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

saf

ety

pra

ctic

es a

nd

pro

cedure

s th

at t

hey

nee

d t

o o

bse

rve

when

w

ork

ing w

ith c

ast

res

in m

ater

ials

and p

roce

dure

s (i

ncl

udin

g a

ny

spec

ific

leg

isla

tion,

regula

tions/

codes

of pra

ctic

e fo

r th

e act

ivitie

s, e

quip

men

t or

mat

eria

ls)

2.2

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

work

are

a w

her

e th

ey a

re c

arry

ing o

ut

the

activi

ties

, an

d t

he

resp

onsi

bili

ty t

hey

pla

ce o

n t

he

lear

ner

2.3

des

crib

e th

e pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t th

at t

hey

nee

d

to u

se f

or

per

sonal

pro

tect

ion a

nd,

wher

e ap

pro

priat

e, t

he

pro

tect

ion o

f oth

ers

2.4

des

crib

e th

e haz

ards

asso

ciate

d w

ith c

arry

ing o

ut

resi

n c

ast

ing a

ctiv

itie

s (t

ools

, m

ater

ials

and

equip

men

t),

and h

ow

they

can

be

min

imis

ed

2.5

des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

for

the

corr

ect

separ

atio

n

and s

afe

dis

posa

l of

was

te m

ater

ials

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

185

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.6

des

crib

e th

e in

terp

reta

tion o

f dra

win

gs,

sta

ndar

ds,

qual

ity

contr

ol pro

cedure

s an

d s

pec

ific

atio

ns

use

d

for

the

cast

ing a

ctiv

ity,

and t

he

curr

ency

/iss

ue

chec

ks o

f th

e docu

men

ts t

hey

are

work

ing w

ith

2.7

des

crib

e th

e use

of,

and c

onve

ntions/

term

inolo

gy

use

d in,

resi

n c

asting

2.8

des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

s fo

r en

suring t

hat

they

hav

e th

e co

rrec

t to

ols

and e

quip

men

t fo

r th

e ca

stin

g

act

ivitie

s, a

nd h

ow

to c

hec

k th

at

they

are

in g

ood

ord

er a

nd f

it f

or

purp

ose

2.9

des

crib

e th

e diffe

rent

met

hods

use

d t

o p

roduce

cast

re

sin c

om

ponen

ts for

pat

tern

or

model

maki

ng

2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e ty

pes

of

resi

n a

nd o

ther

mat

eria

ls t

hat

are

use

d in t

he

cast

ing p

roce

ss,

and w

hy

diffe

rent

amounts

of m

ate

rials

are

use

d in t

he

resi

n m

ixes

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e fu

nct

ion a

nd a

pplic

atio

n o

f th

e fo

llow

ing m

ater

ials

: re

lease

agen

ts,

liquid

res

ins,

ca

taly

sts,

acc

eler

ators

, pig

men

ts,

wax

, st

opper

s,

fille

rs,

inse

rts

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e diffe

rent

mix

ing m

ethods

that

can

be

use

d w

hen

pre

paring m

ater

ials

for

use

(both

m

anual

and m

echan

ical

) 2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e co

rrec

t se

quen

ce a

nd t

echniq

ue

of

mix

ing t

he

vari

ous

mat

eria

ls t

oget

her

, an

d t

he

effe

cts

on t

he

cast

res

ins

of usi

ng inco

rrec

t se

quen

ces

and v

olu

mes

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

186

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

4

expla

in t

he

import

ance

of ke

epin

g t

he

mast

ers

clea

n a

nd f

ree

from

dam

age;

pra

ctic

ing g

ood

house

keep

ing o

f m

ixin

g t

ools

, co

nta

iner

s an

d

equip

men

t; m

ainta

inin

g a

cle

an,

unobst

ruct

ed a

nd

wel

l ve

ntila

ted w

ork

ing a

rea

2.1

5

des

crib

e th

e m

ethods

of re

movi

ng t

he

com

ple

ted

cast

ing f

rom

the

mould

s w

ithout

causi

ng d

amag

e to

th

e ca

stin

g o

r th

e m

ould

2.1

6

des

crib

e th

e m

ethods

of tr

imm

ing a

nd d

ress

ing t

he

finis

hed

cast

ing,

and t

he

tools

and t

echniq

ues

that

ar

e use

d

2.1

7

des

crib

e th

e qual

ity

contr

ol pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

during t

he

cast

ing o

per

ations

2.1

8

expla

in h

ow

to r

ecognis

e ca

stin

g d

efec

ts

(conta

min

atio

n a

nd s

urf

ace

def

ects

), t

hei

r ca

use

, ef

fect

and p

reve

ntion

2.1

9

des

crib

e th

e pro

ble

ms

that

can o

ccur

with t

he

resi

n

cast

ing o

per

atio

ns,

and h

ow

thes

e ca

n b

e ove

rcom

e

2.2

0

des

crib

e th

e re

cord

ing d

ocu

men

tation t

hat

nee

ds

to

be

com

ple

ted for

the

resi

n c

ast

ing a

ctiv

itie

s under

take

n

2.2

1

expla

in h

ow

to m

ark

and iden

tify

spec

ific

pie

ces

of

work

in r

elat

ion t

o t

he

docu

men

tation,

wher

e ap

pro

priat

e 2.2

2

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

187

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________



188


189

Unit 20: Proving patterns, coreboxes or models


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 40


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to check and prove patterns, coreboxes or model components, in accordance with approved procedures. This will involve proving the equipment by either having castings or cores produced in the foundry or by producing cast resin negatives or models. The learner will then be expected to check that the castings, cores or models comply with the specification for dimensional accuracy, shape/profile, freedom from flash, cross joints and thick or thin sections. This will require the learner to select the appropriate method, tools and equipment to use, based on the type, size and requirements of the equipment to be proved. The complexity of the equipment to be proved will vary, and it is anticipated that originals and duplicates will be used in the checking process. The learner will prove either new equipment or existing equipment that has been altered, modified or repaired. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the proving activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the activities, tools or equipment used that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they produce. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying pattern, corebox or model proving procedures. The learner will understand the procedures and techniques used, and their application, and will know about the casting and resin casting methods, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities and identifying any irregularities in the samples produced by the different methods. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the proving operations. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.



190





N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

191

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

Pr

ove

pat

tern

s, c

ore

boxe

s or

model

s 1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

ca

rry

out

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing d

uring t

he

pro

ving

act

ivitie

s:

–

use

the

corr

ect

issu

e of dra

win

gs,

spec

ific

atio

ns

and m

ater

ial dat

a sh

eets

–

use

copie

s of re

leva

nt

CO

SH

H s

hee

ts a

nd r

isk

asse

ssm

ents

–

obta

in a

ll to

ols

and e

quip

men

t to

be

use

d,

and

chec

k th

at t

hey

are

fit for

purp

ose

–

use

appro

ved a

nd s

afe

cast

ing p

roce

dure

s at

all

tim

es

–

retu

rn a

ll to

ols

and e

quip

men

t to

the

corr

ect

loca

tion o

n c

om

ple

tion o

f th

e ac

tivi

ties

–

le

ave

the

work

are

a in

a s

afe

conditio

n

1.3

fo

llow

and m

ake

appro

priat

e use

of th

e sp

ecific

atio

ns

for

the

pro

duct

or

asse

t bei

ng

chec

ked

1.4

use

all

the

corr

ect

tools

and insp

ection e

quip

men

t an

d c

hec

k th

at t

hey

are

in a

use

able

conditio

n

1.5

ca

rry

out

the

chec

ks in a

n a

ppro

priat

e se

quen

ce

usi

ng a

ppro

ved m

ethods

and p

roce

dure

s

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

192

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.6

pro

duce

sam

ple

s fo

r in

spec

tion t

o incl

ude

two o

f th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

sa

mple

cas

tings

–

sam

ple

core

s –

ca

st r

esin

mas

ters

–

ca

st r

esin

neg

ativ

es

1.7

ca

rry

out

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing c

hec

ks o

n t

he

sam

ple

ca

stin

gs

pro

duce

d,

and r

ecord

the

resu

lts:

–

vi

sual ch

ecks

for

def

ects

–

dim

ensi

onal

chec

ks u

sing inst

rum

ents

–

ch

ecks

usi

ng p

rofile

gau

ges

–

fr

eedom

fro

m e

xces

sive

fla

sh

–

cross

join

ts

–

thic

k or

thin

sec

tions

–

oth

er s

ub-s

tandar

d f

eatu

res

1.8

id

entify

and a

sses

s any

def

ects

or

variat

ions

from

th

e sp

ecific

atio

n a

nd t

ake

appro

priat

e act

ion

1.9

co

mple

te p

atte

rn o

r m

odel

pro

ving a

ctiv

itie

s by

carr

ying o

ut

all of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

co

nfirm

ing e

quip

men

t is

acc

epta

ble

for

pro

duct

ion

–

report

ing s

ub-s

tandar

d e

quip

men

t fo

r re

ctific

atio

n o

r re

pla

cem

ent

–

com

ple

ting a

ll re

leva

nt

pap

erw

ork

/docu

men

tation

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

193

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.1

0

report

com

ple

tion o

f co

mplia

nce

act

ivitie

s in

lin

e w

ith o

rgan

isat

ional

pro

cedure

s

2.

Know

how

to p

rove

pat

tern

s, c

ore

boxe

s or

model

s

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

saf

ety

pre

cautions

to b

e ta

ken

whils

t ca

rryi

ng o

ut

the

pat

tern

or

model

pro

ving

activi

ties

(in

cludin

g a

ny

spec

ific

leg

isla

tion,

regula

tions

or

codes

of pra

ctic

e re

lating t

o t

he

activi

ties

, eq

uip

men

t or

mat

eria

ls u

sed)

2.2

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

work

are

a in w

hic

h t

hey

are

car

ryin

g o

ut

the

pro

ving a

ctiv

itie

s, a

nd t

he

resp

onsi

bili

ty t

hey

pla

ce

on t

he

lear

ner

2.3

des

crib

e th

e CO

SH

H r

egula

tions

with r

egar

d t

o t

he

subst

ance

s use

d in t

he

pro

ving p

roce

ss

2.4

des

crib

e th

e haz

ards

asso

ciate

d w

ith c

hec

king a

nd

pro

ving c

ast

ings

and c

ast

resi

n m

aste

rs/n

egat

ives

, an

d h

ow

they

can

be

min

imis

ed

2.5

des

crib

e th

e per

sonal pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t an

d

cloth

ing t

o b

e w

orn

during t

he

chec

king a

nd

pro

ving a

ctiv

itie

s

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

to e

xtra

ct a

nd u

se info

rmat

ion fro

m

pat

tern

dra

win

gs,

spec

ific

ations

and w

ork

in

stru

ctio

ns

(to incl

ude

sym

bols

and c

onve

ntions

to

appro

priat

e BS o

r IS

O s

tandar

ds

in r

elat

ion t

o t

he

work

under

take

n)

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

194

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.7

ex

pla

in h

ow

to inte

rpre

t firs

t an

d t

hir

d a

ngle

dra

win

gs,

im

per

ial an

d m

etric

syst

ems

of

mea

sure

men

t, w

ork

pie

ce r

efer

ence

poin

ts a

nd

syst

em o

f to

lera

nci

ng

2.8

des

crib

e th

e use

of

British

, Euro

pea

n a

nd

inte

rnat

ional

sta

ndar

ds

in d

eter

min

ing if

com

ponen

ts a

nd p

roduct

s ar

e fit

for

purp

ose

2.9

des

crib

e th

e gen

eral

princi

ple

s of qual

ity

assu

rance

an

d c

ontr

ol sy

stem

s an

d p

roce

dure

s 2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e pre

par

atio

ns

of

the

cast

ings

to b

e under

take

n b

efore

the

cast

ings

are

chec

ked

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e applic

ation o

f th

e va

rious

tools

and

equip

men

t use

d t

o c

hec

k th

e ca

stin

gs

2.1

2

expla

in t

he

import

ance

of en

suring t

hat

tools

and

equip

men

t ar

e se

t up c

orr

ectly

and a

re in a

safe

an

d u

seab

le c

onditio

n

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e pro

cedure

and m

ethods

use

d t

o c

hec

k to

ols

and e

quip

men

t ar

e w

ithin

cal

ibra

tion d

ate

2.1

4

des

crib

e th

e qual

ity

contr

ol pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

when

chec

king t

he

cast

ings

2.1

5

expla

in h

ow

to c

onduct

any

nec

essa

ry c

hec

ks t

o

ensu

re t

he

dim

ensi

onal

acc

ura

cy,

posi

tion o

f co

red

hole

s, c

om

ple

tenes

s of th

e ca

stin

g a

nd fre

edom

fr

om

def

ects

2.1

6

des

crib

e th

e ty

pes

of

def

ect

that

can

be

found o

n

the

cast

ings,

and w

hy

they

occ

urr

ed.

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

195

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

7

des

crib

e th

e fa

ctors

that

hav

e to

be

consi

der

ed t

o

det

erm

ine

if t

he

cast

ings

are

acc

epta

ble

or

if t

he

equip

men

t nee

ds

to b

e m

odifie

d o

r sc

rapped

2.1

8

des

crib

e th

e docu

men

tation t

o b

e co

mple

ted t

o

confirm

that

the

equip

men

t has

bee

n c

hec

ked,

and

that

the

resu

lts

of th

e findin

gs

hav

e bee

n r

ecord

ed

2.1

9

expla

in t

he

import

ance

of

ensu

ring t

hat

all

tools

an

d e

quip

men

t are

ret

urn

ed t

o t

hei

r co

rrec

t lo

cation o

n c

om

ple

tion o

f th

e ch

ecki

ng a

nd p

rovi

ng

activi

ties

2.2

0

des

crib

e th

e id

entifica

tion o

f def

ects

whic

h r

elate

direc

tly

to t

he

pat

tern

equip

men

t or

model

s 2.2

1

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________



196


197

Unit 21: Setting CNC machine tools for operation

Unit reference number: H/502/9333

QCF level: 3

Credit value: 70


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to prepare and set up numerically controlled (NC) or computer numerically controlled (CNC) machine tools, such as milling, turning or electro-discharge machines, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be expected to select the appropriate workholding devices to be used, and to mount and position them to the machine in the correct location for the type of operation being carried out. The learner will also be required to select the appropriate tools, cutters, electrodes or wires, to check them for defects, and to mount and secure them to the relevant tool holding devices and machine spindle. The learner will need to ensure that all the tools have been allocated a relevant tool number, and that the relevant data on their coordinates and datum positions is entered into the operating program and machine. This will involve loading programs to the machine control, performing a ‘dry run’, proving the component program, checking for errors/faults, editing and saving program changes. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the machine-setting activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the equipment, tooling, programs or setting-up activities that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to the setting-up procedures used. The learner will understand the NC/CNC machine used, and its application, and will know about the workholding devices, tooling, machine operating programs and setting-up procedures, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for setting up the equipment, correcting faults and ensuring that the work output is produced to the required specification.



198

The learner will understand the safety precautions required when working with the machine and its associated tools and equipment. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.





N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

199

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

Set

CN

C m

achin

e to

ols

for

oper

atio

n

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

ca

rry

out

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing a

ctiv

itie

s during s

etting

up:

–

co

nfirm

that

the

corr

ect

oper

ating p

rogra

m h

as

bee

n load

ed

–

chec

k th

at t

he

toolin

g is

in a

usa

ble

conditio

n

–

ensu

re t

hat

the

work

pie

ce is

corr

ectly

posi

tioned

an

d s

ecure

d w

ithout

dis

tort

ion

–

updat

e th

e pro

gra

m t

ool dat

a as

applic

able

–

posi

tion a

nd a

dju

st m

achin

e guard

s

–

apply

safe

work

ing p

ract

ices

at

all tim

es

1.3

fo

llow

the

corr

ect

spec

ific

ations

for

the

com

ponen

t to

be

pro

duce

d

1.4

det

erm

ine

what

has

to b

e done

and h

ow

the

mac

hin

e w

ill b

e se

t to

ach

ieve

this

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

200

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.5

pre

par

e th

e to

olin

g for

oper

atio

n b

y ca

rryi

ng o

ut

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing a

ctiv

itie

s, a

s ap

plic

able

to t

he

mac

hin

e ty

pe:

–

pre

-set

ting t

oolin

g/e

lect

rodes

in t

oolin

g

cart

ridges

/hold

ers,

man

ual

ly o

r by

usi

ng s

etting

jigs/

fixt

ure

s –

posi

tionin

g t

ools

in t

he

corr

ect

posi

tion in t

he

mac

hin

e hea

d,

turr

ets,

mag

azi

ne,

car

ouse

l or

dock

ing s

tation

–

load

ing a

nd t

hre

adin

g w

ire

thro

ugh w

ire-

feed

m

echan

ism

and w

ire

guid

es

–

chec

king t

hat

tools

, w

ires

or

elec

trode

cart

ridge

hold

ers

have

a s

pec

ific

tool num

ber

or

tech

nolo

gy

sett

ing in r

elat

ionsh

ip t

o t

he

oper

atin

g p

rogra

m

–

ente

ring a

ll re

leva

nt

tool dat

a to

the

oper

ating

pro

gra

m (

tool le

ngth

s, t

ool off

sets

, ra

diu

s co

mpen

sation,

wire

type

and s

ize,

num

ber

of

skim

s)

–

sett

ing t

ool or

wire

dat

um

poin

t –

sa

ving c

hanges

to p

rogra

m

1.6

m

ount

and s

et t

he

required

work

hold

ing d

evic

es,

work

pie

ce a

nd c

utt

ing t

ools

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

201

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.7

pre

par

e one

of th

e fo

llow

ing N

C/C

NC m

ach

ines

in

read

ines

s fo

r pro

duct

ion:

–

tu

rnin

g

–

m

illin

g

–

spar

k er

osi

on

–

wire

erosi

on

–

mac

hin

ing c

entr

e 1.8

posi

tion a

nd s

ecure

work

pie

ces

usi

ng t

hre

e of

the

follo

win

g w

ork

hold

ing m

ethods

and d

evic

es:

–

clam

pin

g d

irec

t to

mach

ine

table

–

ve

e blo

cks

and c

lam

ps

–

mac

hin

e vi

ce

–

chuck

s w

ith h

ard jaw

s –

ch

uck

s w

ith s

oft

jaw

s –

co

llet

chuck

s –

jigs

and f

ixtu

res

–

angle

pla

te

–

fa

cepla

tes

–

index

ing/r

ota

ting d

evic

e –

m

agnet

ic o

r pneu

mat

ic t

able

s –

oth

er w

ork

hold

ing d

evic

es

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

202

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.9

se

lect

and m

ount,

in t

he

appro

priat

e to

ol hold

ing

dev

ice,

the

follo

win

g t

ypes

of to

olin

g for

the

sele

cted

mac

hin

e:

ei

ther

: tu

rnin

g t

ools

, to

incl

ude

six

of

the

follo

win

g:

–

tu

rnin

g

–

faci

ng

–

tw

ist/

core

drills

–

boring t

ools

–

re

amer

s

–

thre

ad-c

utt

ing t

ools

–

re

cess

ing/u

nder

cutt

ing t

ools

–

pro

filin

g t

ools

–

taps

or:

mill

ing c

utt

ers,

to incl

ude

six

of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

face

mill

s

–

end m

ills

–

slot

dri

lls

–

twis

t/co

re d

rills

–

pro

file

cutt

ers

–

boring t

ools

–

re

amer

s

–

taps

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

203

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

or:

ele

ctro

des

, to

incl

ude

two o

f th

e fo

llow

ing,

as

applic

able

to t

he

mach

ine

type:

–

pla

in e

lect

rodes

–

pro

file

ele

ctro

des

–

hollo

w e

lect

rodes

–

wires

1.1

0

set

the

mach

ine

tool oper

atin

g p

aram

eter

s to

ac

hie

ve t

he

com

ponen

t sp

ecific

atio

n

1.1

1

set

up t

he

mac

hin

e to

pro

duce

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

com

ponen

ts,

com

bin

ing s

ever

al diffe

rent

oper

atio

ns

as follo

ws

for

the

sele

cted

mach

ine:

eith

er:

turn

ing,

to incl

ude

six

of th

e fo

llow

ing

–

par

alle

l dia

met

ers

–

ream

ed h

ole

s –

pro

file

s –

ta

per

ed d

iam

eter

s –

bore

d h

ole

s –

under

cuts

/rec

esse

s –

sh

ould

ers

and s

teps

–

inte

rnal

thre

ads

–

flat

face

s –

drille

d h

ole

s –

ex

tern

al th

read

s –

ta

per

ed b

ore

s

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

204

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

or:

mill

ing,

to incl

ude

six

of

the

follo

win

g:

–

flat

face

s –

drille

d h

ole

s –

open

ended

slo

ts

–

par

alle

l fa

ces

–

ream

ed h

ole

s –

sp

ecia

l pro

file

–

sq

uar

e fa

ces

–

bore

d h

ole

s –

in

dex

ed o

r ro

tate

d f

orm

s –

an

gula

r fa

ces

–

encl

ose

d s

lots

or:

ele

ctro

dis

char

ge

mac

hin

ing,

to incl

ude

five

of

the

follo

win

g:

–

flat

face

s

–

taper

ed face

s

–

angula

r fa

ces

–

exte

rnal pro

file

s –

in

tern

al p

rofile

s –

sl

ots

–

hole

s —

lin

ear

(row

s, a

ngle

s)

–

hole

s on p

itch

circl

es

–

oth

er s

pec

ial fo

rms

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

205

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.1

2

set

the

feed

s an

d s

pee

ds

appro

priat

e to

one

of th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of m

ate

rial

:

–

carb

on s

teel

–

ca

st iro

n

–

stai

nle

ss s

teel

–

bra

ss/b

ronze

–

non-m

etal

lic

1.1

3

conduct

‘dry

runs’

to p

rove

that

the

mach

ine

is

oper

atin

g t

o r

equired

spec

ific

atio

n,

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g,

as a

ppro

priate

:

–

dim

ensi

onal

tole

rance

equiv

alen

t to

BS4500 o

r BS1916 G

rade

7

–

turn

ing a

nd m

illin

g s

urf

ace

finis

h 6

3µin

or

1.6

µm

–

ED

M s

urf

ace

fin

ish 3

2µin

/0.8

µm

, 18VD

I –

re

amed

and b

ore

d h

ole

s w

ithin

H8

–

angle

s w

ithin

+/-

0.5

deg

ree

–

scre

w t

hre

ads

BS m

ediu

m f

it

–

flat

and s

quar

e 0.0

01in

per

inch

or

0.0

25m

m p

er

25m

m

1.1

4

chec

k th

at a

ll sa

fety

mec

han

ism

s are

in p

lace

and

that

the

equip

men

t is

set

corr

ectly

for

the

required

oper

atio

ns

1.1

5

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith p

roble

ms

within

th

eir

contr

ol an

d r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

solv

ed

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

206

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.

Know

how

to s

et C

NC

m

achin

e to

ols

for

oper

atio

n

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

saf

ety

pre

cautions

to b

e ta

ken

when

set

ting u

p w

ork

hold

ing d

evic

es a

nd t

oolin

g o

n

NC/C

NC m

achin

es

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to s

tart

and s

top t

he

mach

ine

in

norm

al a

nd e

mer

gen

cy s

ituat

ions

2.3

ex

pla

in t

he

import

ance

of en

suring t

hat

the

mac

hin

e is

iso

late

d f

rom

the

pow

er s

upply

bef

ore

m

ounting c

utt

ing t

ools

/ele

ctro

des

and w

ork

hold

ing

dev

ices

2.4

ex

pla

in t

he

import

ance

of

wea

ring t

he

appro

priate

pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing a

nd e

quip

men

t, a

nd o

f ke

epin

g

the

work

are

a cl

ean a

nd t

idy

2.5

des

crib

e th

e haz

ards

asso

ciate

d w

ith w

ork

ing o

n

NC/C

NC m

achin

es (

such

as

use

of m

ovi

ng

mac

hin

ery,

auto

mat

ic m

ach

ine

oper

atio

n,

han

dlin

g

cutt

ing t

ools

, lif

ting a

nd h

andlin

g w

ork

hold

ing

dev

ices

, hot

and a

irborn

e m

etal

par

ticl

es),

and h

ow

th

ey c

an b

e m

inim

ised

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

to h

andle

and s

tore

cutt

ing t

ools

, el

ectr

odes

/wires

and v

erifie

d t

apes

and p

rogra

ms,

sa

fely

and c

orr

ectly

2.7

ex

pla

in h

ow

to e

xtra

ct a

nd u

se info

rmat

ion fro

m

engin

eering d

raw

ings

and r

elat

ed s

pec

ific

ations

(to

incl

ude

sym

bols

and c

onve

ntions

to a

ppro

priat

e BS

or

ISO

sta

ndar

ds

in r

elat

ion t

o w

ork

under

take

n)

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

207

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to inte

rpre

t firs

t an

d t

hir

d a

ngle

dra

win

gs,

im

per

ial an

d m

etric

syst

ems

of

mea

sure

men

t, w

ork

pie

ce r

efer

ence

poin

ts a

nd

syst

em o

f to

lera

nci

ng

2.9

des

crib

e th

e ra

nge

of

work

hold

ing m

ethods

and

dev

ices

that

are

use

d o

n N

C/C

NC m

ach

ines

2.1

0

expla

in w

hy

it is

import

ant

to s

et t

he

work

hold

ing

dev

ice

in r

elat

ionsh

ip t

o t

he

mach

ine

dat

um

s an

d

refe

rence

poin

ts

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e m

ethods

of se

ttin

g t

he

work

hold

ing

dev

ices

, and t

he

tools

and e

quip

men

t th

at

can b

e use

d

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e ra

nge

of

cutt

ing t

ools

or

elec

trodes

th

at a

re u

sed o

n t

he

NC/C

NC m

achin

es t

hey

are

usi

ng,

and t

ypic

al ap

plic

ations

of ea

ch

2.1

3

expla

in h

ow

to c

hec

k th

at t

he

cutt

ing t

ools

or

elec

trodes

are

in a

safe

and s

ervi

ceab

le c

onditio

n

2.1

4

des

crib

e th

e use

of tu

ngst

en c

arb

ide,

cer

am

ic a

nd

dia

mond index

ible

tip

toolin

g,

and t

he

fact

ors

whic

h

will

det

erm

ine

thei

r se

lect

ion a

nd u

se (

the

conditio

n

of m

ater

ial su

pplie

d,

har

dnes

s of th

e m

ater

ial, t

he

cutt

ing c

hara

cter

istics

of th

e m

ate

rial

, to

lera

nce

s to

be

achie

ved,

com

ponen

t su

rface

fin

ish a

nd

spec

ific

atio

ns)

2.1

5

des

crib

e th

e fa

ctors

whic

h a

ffec

t th

e se

lect

ion o

f el

ectr

odes

or

the

type

and s

ize

of w

ire

to b

e use

d

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

208

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

6

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

tool hold

ing d

evic

es t

hat

are

use

d,

and t

he

met

hods

of

corr

ectly

mounting a

nd

secu

ring t

he

cutt

ing t

ools

or

elec

trodes

to t

he

tool

hold

ers

2.1

7

des

crib

e th

e ad

vanta

ges

of usi

ng p

re-s

et t

oolin

g,

and h

ow

to s

et t

he

toolin

g u

sing s

etting

jigs/

fixt

ure

s

2.1

8

des

crib

e th

e use

of m

agaz

ines

and c

aro

use

ls,

and

how

to p

osi

tion a

nd iden

tify

the

tools

in r

elat

ionsh

ip

to t

he

oper

atin

g p

rogra

m

2.1

9

expla

in h

ow

to p

lace

the

mach

ine

into

the

corr

ect

oper

atin

g m

ode,

and h

ow

to a

cces

s th

e pro

gra

m

edit f

acili

ty in o

rder

to e

nte

r to

olin

g d

ata

(such

as

tool dat

um

s, p

osi

tions,

len

gth

s, o

ffse

ts a

nd r

adiu

s co

mpen

sation)

2.2

0

expla

in h

ow

to c

onduct

trial

runs

(usi

ng s

ingle

-blo

ck r

un,

dry

run,

and fee

d/s

pee

d o

verr

ide

contr

ols

) 2.2

1

des

crib

e th

e th

ings

that

they

nee

d t

o c

hec

k bef

ore

al

low

ing t

he

mach

ine

to o

per

ate

in full

pro

gra

m r

un

mode

2.2

2

expla

in h

ow

the

vari

ous

mat

eria

ls w

ill a

ffec

t th

e fe

eds

and s

pee

ds

that

can b

e use

d

2.2

3

des

crib

e th

e ap

plic

ation o

f cu

ttin

g flu

ids

with r

egar

d

to a

ran

ge

of diffe

rent

mat

eria

ls,

and w

hy

som

e m

ater

ials

do n

ot

require

the

use

of cu

ttin

g flu

ids

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

209

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.2

4

des

crib

e th

e ty

pic

al p

roble

ms

that

can

occ

ur

with

the

sett

ing u

p o

f th

e to

olin

g a

nd w

ork

hold

ing

dev

ices

, and w

hat

to d

o if su

ch p

roble

ms

occ

ur

2.2

5

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________



210


211

Unit 22: Programming CNC machines to produce pattern or model components


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 84


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to program a CNC machine tool control to produce components used in the production of patterns, coreboxes or models, and to prove the program, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to produce the component program using manual data input, or by use of a remote computer, saving the prepared program on magnetic tape, disk or downloading it into the machine controller from the computer. The learner will need to check the program using single-block run and program edit facilities. The learner will also be required to adjust the machine-tool equipment and program following proving/editing procedures to achieve component specification. The learner must ensure that any edited programs are saved safely and correctly. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for producing, loading and proving the programs, and to report any problems with these activities that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying the machine-tool programming procedures used. The learner will understand the CNC machine tools used in the process, and their application, and will know about the programming, editing and proving process, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the machine controller is set up to produce the components to the required specification. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when working on the machine and with the associated tools and equipment. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.



212





N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

213

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

Pr

ogra

mm

e CN

C m

achin

es

to p

roduce

pat

tern

or

model

com

ponen

ts

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

en

sure

that

they

apply

all

of

the

follo

win

g c

hec

ks

and p

ract

ices

during t

he

pro

gra

mm

ing a

ctiv

itie

s:

–

the

corr

ect

com

ponen

t dra

win

gs

are

obta

ined

, an

d a

re c

hec

ked f

or

curr

ency

and v

alid

ity

–

the

appro

priat

e re

fere

nce

man

ual

s an

d

pro

gra

mm

ing c

odes

are

use

d t

o s

uit t

he

mac

hin

e co

ntr

olle

r –

th

e m

ach

ine

contr

olle

r is

mad

e re

ady

to a

ccep

t th

e oper

atin

g p

rogra

m

–

the

pre

par

ed p

rogra

m is

inputt

ed/l

oaded

into

th

e co

ntr

olle

r, s

afel

y an

d c

orr

ectly

–

pro

gra

ms

are

store

d s

afel

y an

d c

orr

ectly

in t

he

appro

priat

e fo

rmat

–

pro

gra

m m

edia

is

store

d s

afel

y an

d c

orr

ectly,

aw

ay f

rom

conta

min

ants

or

elec

trom

agnet

ic

sourc

es

1.3

use

the

corr

ect

contr

ol pro

gra

m a

nd e

nsu

re it

is

corr

ectly

load

ed into

the

mac

hin

e co

ntr

olle

r 1.4

pro

duce

CN

C p

rogra

ms

usi

ng o

ne

of th

e fo

llow

ing

met

hods:

–

w

ritt

en

–

ente

red d

irec

t in

to t

he

mach

ine

contr

olle

r –

usi

ng c

om

pute

r so

ftw

are

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

214

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.5

dev

elop p

art

pro

gra

ms

whic

h c

onta

in a

ll of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

al

l nec

essa

ry p

osi

tional

info

rmat

ion

–

appro

priat

e le

tter

addre

ss c

odes

–

pre

par

ato

ry c

om

man

ds

and m

ach

ine

man

agem

ent/

auxi

liary

funct

ions

–

repet

itiv

e pro

gra

ms

(subro

utines

, ca

nned

cyc

les,

la

bel

s)

–

abso

lute

or

incr

emen

tal sy

stem

s of

mea

sure

men

t –

to

ol/

cutt

er c

hange

posi

tions

–

tool in

form

atio

n (

length

s, o

ffse

ts,

radiu

s co

mpen

sation)

1.6

fo

llow

the

corr

ect

pro

cedure

s fo

r ca

lling u

p t

he

pro

gra

m a

nd d

ealin

g w

ith a

ny

erro

r m

essa

ges

or

faults

1.7

co

nfirm

pro

gra

m inte

grity

1.8

pre

par

e, load

and p

rove

pro

gra

ms

for

one

of th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of CN

C m

achin

e to

ol:

–

tw

o-a

xis

mac

hin

e –

th

ree-

axi

s m

achin

e –

m

ultip

le (

five

or

more

) ax

is m

achin

es

–

mac

hin

ing c

entr

es

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

215

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.9

pro

ve t

he

par

t pro

gra

m u

sing s

ix o

f th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

si

ngle

-blo

ck r

un

–

gra

phic

dis

pla

ys

–

full

dry

run

–

sear

ch f

acili

ties

–

pro

gra

m s

ave

/sto

re f

aci

litie

s –

ed

it f

acili

ties

–

pro

gra

m o

verr

ide

contr

ols

(sp

eed,

feed

, to

ol

dat

a)

–

dat

a in

put

faci

litie

s 1.1

0

adju

st t

he

equip

men

t an

d p

rogra

m o

per

atin

g

par

amet

ers

to o

ptim

ise

the

outc

om

es t

o b

e ac

hie

ved

1.1

1

load

and c

orr

ectly

set

up a

ll as

soci

ated

equip

men

t 1.1

2

chec

k th

at a

ll sa

fety

mec

han

ism

s are

in p

lace

and

that

the

equip

men

t is

set

corr

ectly

for

the

required

oper

atio

ns

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

216

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.1

3

confirm

that

the

mach

ine

and p

rogra

m o

per

ate

s sa

fely

and c

orr

ectly,

by

chec

king a

ll of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

al

l oper

atio

ns

are

carr

ied o

ut

to t

he

pro

gra

m

coord

inat

es

–

tool ch

ange

posi

tions

are

safe

and c

lear

of th

e w

ork

pie

ce a

nd m

ach

ine

equip

men

t –

th

e co

rrec

t to

ols

are

sel

ecte

d a

t th

e appro

priat

e poin

ts in t

he

pro

gra

m

–

tool cu

tter

pat

hs

are

exec

ute

d s

afel

y an

d

corr

ectly

–

au

xilia

ry funct

ions

oper

ate

at t

he

corr

ect

poin

t in

th

e pro

gra

m (

cutt

er s

tart

/sto

p,

coola

nt

flow

) –

pro

gra

ms

hav

e bee

n s

aved

in t

he

appro

priat

e fo

rmat

1.1

4

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith p

roble

ms

within

th

eir

contr

ol an

d r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

solv

ed

2.

Know

how

to p

rogra

mm

e CN

C m

achin

es t

o p

roduce

pat

tern

or

model

co

mponen

ts

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

saf

ety

pre

cautions

to b

e ta

ken

when

loadin

g a

nd p

rovi

ng C

NC m

achin

e to

ol

oper

atin

g p

rogra

ms

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to s

tart

and s

top t

he

mach

ine

in

norm

al a

nd e

mer

gen

cy s

ituat

ions

2.3

ex

pla

in t

he

import

ance

of

wea

ring t

he

appro

priate

pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing a

nd e

quip

men

t, a

nd o

f ke

epin

g

the

work

are

a cl

ean a

nd t

idy

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

217

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.4

des

crib

e th

e co

mputing c

odin

g lan

guag

e use

d in

CN

C p

rogra

ms

with r

egar

d t

o m

achin

e ax

es,

posi

tional in

form

ation,

mac

hin

e m

anag

emen

t an

d

auxi

liary

funct

ions

2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

to e

xtra

ct a

nd u

se info

rmat

ion fro

m

engin

eering d

raw

ings

and r

elat

ed s

pec

ific

ations

(to

incl

ude

sym

bols

and c

onve

ntions

to a

ppro

priat

e BS

or

ISO

sta

ndar

ds

in r

elat

ion t

o w

ork

under

take

n)

2.6

ex

pla

in h

ow

to inte

rpre

t firs

t an

d t

hir

d a

ngle

dra

win

gs,

im

per

ial an

d m

etric

syst

ems

of

mea

sure

men

t, a

nd s

yste

m o

f to

lera

nci

ng

2.7

ex

pla

in h

ow

to inte

rpre

t CN

C d

raw

ings,

and t

he

use

of w

ork

pie

ce z

ero/r

efer

ence

poin

ts

2.8

des

crib

e th

e sy

stem

s of m

easu

rem

ent

use

d o

n C

NC

dra

win

g (

incl

udin

g a

bso

lute

and incr

emen

tal)

2.9

des

crib

e th

e use

of re

pet

itiv

e pro

gra

ms

and c

anned

cy

cles

to r

educe

pro

gra

m s

ize

and inputt

ing t

ime

2.1

0

expla

in h

ow

to p

repare

par

t pro

gra

ms,

usi

ng

oper

atio

nal se

quen

ces

and m

ach

inin

g t

echniq

ues

w

hic

h a

void

unnec

essa

ry t

ool/

cutt

er m

ove

men

ts o

r to

ol ch

anges

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e fu

nct

ion k

eys

and o

per

atin

g s

yste

m o

f th

e m

ach

ine

com

pute

r co

ntr

ol sy

stem

bei

ng

oper

ated

2.1

2

expla

in h

ow

to s

et m

achin

e dat

um

s fo

r ea

ch

mac

hin

e axi

s bei

ng u

sed

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

218

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

3

expla

in h

ow

to s

et t

he

mach

ine

contr

olle

r in

pro

gra

m a

nd e

ditin

g m

odes

, an

d h

ow

to e

nte

r or

dow

nlo

ad t

he

pre

par

ed p

rogra

m

2.1

4

expla

in h

ow

to d

eal w

ith e

rror

mes

sages

and fau

lts

on t

he

pro

gra

m o

r eq

uip

men

t

2.1

5

expla

in h

ow

to a

cces

s th

e pro

gra

m e

dit f

aci

lity

in

ord

er t

o e

nte

r to

olin

g d

ata (

such

as

tool datu

ms,

posi

tions,

len

gth

s, o

ffse

ts a

nd r

adiu

s co

mpen

sation)

2.1

6

des

crib

e th

e use

of to

ol post

s, m

agaz

ines

and

caro

use

ls,

and h

ow

to iden

tify

the

tools

in

rela

tionsh

ip t

o t

he

oper

atin

g p

rogra

m

2.1

7

expla

in h

ow

to c

onduct

trial

runs

(usi

ng s

ingle

-blo

ck r

un,

dry

run a

nd fee

d a

nd s

pee

d o

verr

ide

contr

ols

) 2.1

8

des

crib

e th

e fa

ctors

whic

h a

ffec

t th

e fe

eds

and

spee

ds

that

can b

e use

d,

and w

hy

they

may

nee

d

to b

e ad

just

ed fro

m t

he

pro

gra

m s

etting (

conditio

n

of m

ater

ial, w

ork

hold

ing m

ethod,

toolin

g u

sed,

tole

rance

and fin

ish t

o b

e ac

hie

ved)

2.1

9

des

crib

e th

e th

ings

that

they

nee

d t

o c

hec

k bef

ore

al

low

ing t

he

mach

ine

to o

per

ate

in full

pro

gra

m r

un

mode

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

219

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.2

0

expla

in h

ow

to s

ave

the

com

ple

ted p

rogra

ms

in t

he

appro

priat

e fo

rmat

, an

d t

he

nee

d t

o s

tore

pro

gra

m

tapes

and d

isks

safe

ly a

nd c

orr

ectly,

aw

ay

from

co

nta

min

ants

and e

lect

rom

agnet

ic s

ourc

es

2.2

1

des

crib

e th

e ty

pic

al p

roble

ms

that

can

occ

ur

with

the

pro

gra

mm

ing,

load

ing a

nd e

ditin

g a

ctiv

itie

s,

and w

hat

to d

o if su

ch p

roble

ms

occ

ur

2.2

2

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________



220


221

Unit 23: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using NC/CNC machines

Unit reference number: M/502/9335

QCF level: 3

Credit value: 63


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to carry out operations, in accordance with approved procedures, using numerically controlled (NC) machines, or computer numerically controlled (CNC) machines, such as turning, milling, electro-discharge machines or machining centres. The learner will take charge of the prepared machine and check that it is ready for the machining operations to be performed. This will involve checking that all the required components and consumables are present, and that the machine has been approved for production. In operating the machine, the learner will be expected to follow the correct procedures for calling up the operating program, dealing with any error messages, and for executing the program activities safely and correctly. The pattern, corebox or model components produced will have a number of different features, and will include diameters, bored holes, tapers, flat faces, square and parallel faces, angular faces, slots, indexed or rotated forms, internal and external profiles, grooves/undercuts, drilled, reamed and tapped holes, as applicable to the type of machine used and the components produced. The learner will be required to monitor the machining operations continuously, making any necessary adjustments to machine parameters in line with their permitted authority. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the equipment, tooling, program, materials or activities that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work to with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they produce.



222

The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying NC/CNC machining procedures. The learner will have an understanding of the NC/CNC machining process, and its application, and will know about the machine, tooling, materials, machining activities and consumables, in adequate depth to provide a sound background to machine operation and for carrying out the activities to the required specification. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when working with the machine, and its associated tools and equipment. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.





N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

223

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

Produce

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

com

ponen

ts

usi

ng N

C/C

NC m

ach

ines

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

co

nfirm

that

the

equip

men

t is

set

up a

nd r

eady

for

oper

atio

n,

by

chec

king a

ll of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

mac

hin

e guar

ds

are

in p

lace

and a

re c

orr

ectly

adju

sted

–

co

mponen

ts a

re c

orr

ectly

posi

tioned

and h

eld

secu

rely

without

dis

tort

ion

–

cutt

ing t

ools

or

elec

trodes

/wires

are

in a

suitab

le

conditio

n

–

the

oper

atin

g p

rogra

m is

at t

he

corr

ect

star

t poin

t

–

the

work

pie

ce is

clea

r of th

e m

achin

e sp

indle

–

sa

fe w

ork

ing p

ract

ices

and s

tart

up p

roce

dure

s ar

e obse

rved

–

m

achin

e se

ttin

gs

are

adju

sted

, as

req

uired

, to

m

ainta

in a

ccura

cy

1.3

fo

llow

the

def

ined

pro

cedure

s fo

r st

arting a

nd

runnin

g t

he

oper

atin

g s

yste

m

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

224

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.4

oper

ate

one

of th

e fo

llow

ing N

C/C

NC m

ach

ines

:

–

NC/C

NC lath

e –

N

C/C

NC w

ire

erosi

on m

achin

e –

N

C/C

NC m

illin

g m

ach

ine

–

CN

C m

achin

ing c

entr

e

–

NC/C

NC s

par

k er

osi

on m

achin

e 1.5

pro

duce

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

com

ponen

ts

whic

h c

om

bin

e se

vera

l diffe

rent

oper

ations

and

cove

r th

e fo

llow

ing:

ei

ther

: tu

rnin

g o

per

ations,

to incl

ude

eight

of th

e fo

llow

ing fea

ture

s:

–

exte

rnal dia

met

ers

–

taper

ed d

iam

eter

s

–

should

ers

and s

teps

–

taper

ed face

s

–

taper

ed h

ole

s

–

ream

ed h

ole

s

–

bore

d h

ole

s –

drille

d h

ole

s –

in

tern

al t

hre

ads

–

flat

face

s –

ex

tern

al th

read

s –

re

cess

es a

nd u

nder

cuts

–

ex

tern

al or

spec

ial pro

file

s

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

225

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

or:

mill

ing o

per

atio

ns,

to incl

ude

six

of th

e fo

llow

ing

feat

ure

s:

–

flat

face

s –

par

alle

l fa

ces

–

ream

ed h

ole

s

–

squar

e fa

ces

–

step

s or

should

ers

–

bore

d h

ole

s –

an

gula

r/ta

per

ed face

s –

open

ended

slo

ts

–

spec

ial pro

file

s –

en

close

d s

lots

–

drille

d h

ole

s –

in

dex

ed o

r ro

tate

d f

orm

s

or:

ele

ctro

dis

char

ge

oper

atio

ns,

to incl

ude

six

of

the

follo

win

g fea

ture

s:

–

flat

face

s –

sq

uar

e fa

ces

–

engra

ving

–

an

gula

r/ta

per

ed face

s –

sl

ots

/rec

esse

s –

th

read

s

–

exte

rnal pro

file

s

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

226

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

–

ta

per

ed h

ole

s –

sp

ecia

l fo

rms

–

inte

rnal

pro

file

s –

lin

ear

hole

s (r

ow

s, a

ngle

s)

–

hole

s on p

itch

ed c

ircl

es

1.6

m

achin

e tw

o o

f th

e fo

llow

ing t

ypes

of m

ater

ial:

–

ca

rbon s

teel

–

ca

st iro

n

–

stai

nle

ss s

teel

–

bra

ss o

r bro

nze

–

non-m

etalli

c m

ater

ials

1.7

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith e

rror

mes

sages

or

equip

men

t fa

ults

that

are

within

thei

r co

ntr

ol an

d

report

those

that

can

not

be

solv

ed

1.8

m

onitor

the

com

pute

r pro

cess

and e

nsu

re t

hat

the

pro

duct

ion o

utp

ut

is t

o t

he

required

spec

ific

atio

n

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

227

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.9

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts w

ithin

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing

qual

ity

and a

ccura

cy s

tandar

ds:

–

dim

ensi

onal

tole

rance

equiv

alen

t to

BS4500 o

r BS1916 G

rade

7

–

com

ponen

ts t

o b

e fr

ee fro

m f

alse

tool cu

ts,

burr

s an

d s

harp

edges

–

flat

nes

s an

d s

quar

enes

s 0.0

01in

per

inch

or

0.0

25m

m p

er 2

5m

m

–

ream

ed/b

ore

d h

ole

s w

ithin

H 8

–

an

gle

s w

ithin

+/-

0.5

deg

ree

–

scre

w t

hre

ads

BS m

ediu

m f

it

–

surf

ace

fin

ish 6

3µin

or

1.6

µm

1.1

0

shut

dow

n t

he

equip

men

t to

a s

afe

conditio

n o

n

concl

usi

on o

f th

e act

ivitie

s

2.

Know

how

to p

roduce

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

co

mponen

ts u

sing

NC/C

NC m

achin

es

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

saf

ety

pre

cautions

to b

e ta

ken

when

work

ing w

ith N

C/C

NC m

achin

es a

nd

equip

men

t 2.2

des

crib

e th

e sa

fety

mec

han

ism

s on t

he

mach

ine,

an

d t

he

pro

cedure

s fo

r ch

ecki

ng t

hat

they

are

oper

atin

g c

orr

ectly

2.3

ex

pla

in h

ow

to s

tart

and s

top t

he

mach

ine

in b

oth

norm

al a

nd e

mer

gen

cy s

ituat

ions

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

228

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.4

des

crib

e th

e haz

ards

asso

ciate

d w

ith w

ork

ing o

n

NC/C

NC m

achin

es (

such

as

use

of m

ovi

ng

mac

hin

ery,

auto

mat

ic m

ach

ine

oper

atio

n,

han

dlin

g

cutt

ing t

ools

, lif

ting a

nd h

andlin

g w

ork

hold

ing

dev

ices

, hot

and a

irborn

e m

etal

par

ticl

es),

and h

ow

to

min

imis

e th

em

2.5

ex

pla

in t

he

import

ance

of

wea

ring t

he

appro

priate

pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing a

nd e

quip

men

t, a

nd o

f ke

epin

g

the

work

are

a cl

ean a

nd t

idy

2.6

ex

pla

in w

her

e to

obta

in c

om

ponen

t dra

win

gs,

sp

ecific

atio

ns

and/o

r jo

b inst

ruct

ions

for

the

com

ponen

ts b

eing m

achin

ed

2.7

ex

pla

in h

ow

to e

xtra

ct a

nd u

se info

rmat

ion fro

m

engin

eering d

raw

ings

and r

elat

ed s

pec

ific

ations

(to

incl

ude

sym

bols

and c

onve

ntions

to a

ppro

priat

e BS

or

ISO

sta

ndar

ds

in r

elat

ion t

o w

ork

under

take

n)

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to inte

rpre

t firs

t an

d t

hir

d a

ngle

dra

win

gs,

im

per

ial an

d m

etric

syst

ems

of

mea

sure

men

t, w

ork

pie

ce r

efer

ence

poin

ts a

nd

syst

em o

f to

lera

nci

ng

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to inte

rpre

t th

e vi

sual

dis

pla

y, a

nd

under

stan

d t

he

various

mes

sages

dis

pla

yed

2.1

0

expla

in t

he

funct

ion o

f er

ror

mes

sages

, an

d w

hat

to

do w

hen

an e

rror

mes

sage

is d

ispla

yed

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

229

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

to f

ind t

he

corr

ect

rest

art

poin

t in

the

pro

gra

m w

hen

the

mac

hin

e has

bee

n s

topped

bef

ore

com

ple

tion o

f th

e pro

gra

m

2.1

2

des

crib

e th

e oper

atio

n o

f th

e va

rious

han

d a

nd

auto

mat

ic m

odes

of

mac

hin

e co

ntr

ol (s

uch

as

han

d

whee

ls,

joys

tick

s, p

rogra

m o

per

ating a

nd c

ontr

ol

butt

ons)

2.1

3

expla

in h

ow

to o

per

ate

the

mach

ine

(usi

ng s

ingle

-blo

ck r

un,

full

pro

gra

m r

un a

nd f

eed/s

pee

d o

verr

ide

contr

ols

) 2.1

4

expla

in h

ow

to m

ake

adju

stm

ents

to t

he

pro

gra

m

oper

atin

g p

aram

eter

s to

take

acc

ount

of to

ol w

ear

2.1

5

expla

in h

ow

to s

et a

nd s

ecure

the

work

pie

ce t

o t

he

mac

hin

e sp

indle

/work

hold

ing d

evic

e; t

he

effe

cts

of

clam

pin

g t

he

work

pie

ce;

and h

ow

mat

eria

l re

mova

l ca

n c

ause

war

pin

g/d

isto

rtio

n o

f th

e finis

hed

w

ork

pie

ce

2.1

6

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

types

of

cutt

ing t

ools

or

elec

trodes

use

d,

and h

ow

they

are

loca

ted a

nd

secu

red t

o t

he

mac

hin

e to

ol post

s, t

urr

ets,

slid

es

and t

ool m

agaz

ine

or

caro

use

l 2.1

7

des

crib

e th

e sa

fe a

nd c

orr

ect

handlin

g a

nd s

tora

ge

of to

olin

g

2.1

8

expla

in h

ow

to c

hec

k th

at t

he

toolin

g o

r el

ectr

odes

ar

e in

a s

ervi

ceab

le c

onditio

n,

and t

he

effe

cts

that

w

orn

toolin

g o

r el

ectr

odes

will

hav

e on t

he

work

pie

ce s

urf

ace

fin

ish a

nd t

ole

rance

s

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

230

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

9

des

crib

e th

e pro

ble

ms

that

can o

ccur

with t

he

mac

hin

ing a

ctiv

itie

s, a

nd h

ow

thes

e ca

n b

e ove

rcom

e 2.2

0

des

crib

e th

e ap

plic

ation o

f cu

ttin

g flu

ids

or

die

lect

rics

with r

egar

d t

o d

iffe

rent

mat

eria

ls b

eing

mac

hin

ed

2.2

1

des

crib

e th

e qual

ity

contr

ol pro

cedure

s use

d,

insp

ection c

hec

ks t

hat

nee

d t

o b

e ca

rrie

d o

ut,

and

the

equip

men

t th

at is

use

d

2.2

2

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


231

Unit 24: Producing components by rapid prototyping techniques


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 35


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to produce components by rapid prototyping techniques, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate prototyping equipment, based on the type and size of the components and the surface finish required. The learner will be expected to prepare the equipment in readiness for the required operations, to import a stereolithography (STL) file from a computer aided design (CAD) system, to load the file into the rapid prototyping software, and to orientate the file to its optimal manufacturing position. In operating the equipment, the learner will need to access the software and produce a suitable file to drive the rapid prototyping equipment. In producing the components, the learner will need to set up all of the machine operating functions, parameters and safety devices, and to produce components that have features such as regular parallel, angular and symmetrical surfaces and forms, angular and circular profiles, and irregular and variable surface forms and profiles. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for using rapid prototyping software and for operating rapid prototyping equipment. The learner will report any problems with the hardware, software, materials or equipment that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, whilst working to verbal or written instructions and component drawings, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they produce. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to the design of components using solid modellers. The learner will understand the rapid prototyping equipment, and its application, and will know about the materials and consumables used, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the components produced are to the required specification.



232

The learner will understand the safety precautions required when working with the rapid prototyping equipment. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.





N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

233

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

Pr

oduce

com

ponen

ts b

y ra

pid

pro

toty

pin

g

tech

niq

ues

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

pre

par

e th

e sy

stem

and d

ata for

oper

ation b

y ca

rryi

ng o

ut

all of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

ch

eck

that

all

the

equip

men

t is

in a

safe

and

usa

ble

work

ing c

onditio

n (

undam

aged

, sa

fety

dev

ices

in p

lace

and o

per

atio

nal)

–

obta

in s

uff

icie

nt

quan

tities

of

all re

quired

m

ater

ials

–

obta

in a

ll th

e nec

essa

ry d

ata,

docu

men

tation

and s

pec

ific

atio

ns

for

the

com

ponen

ts t

o b

e pro

duce

d

–

ensu

re t

he

mac

hin

e build

cal

ibra

tion is

curr

ent

–

crea

te o

per

atin

g file

s to

drive

the

equip

men

t –

ch

eck

dat

a file

s ar

e su

itab

le for

applic

atio

n,

and

modify

wher

e ap

pro

priat

e –

se

t oper

ating p

aram

eter

s (l

aye

r th

ickn

ess,

sh

rinka

ge,

bea

m o

ffse

t an

d m

ater

ial ty

pe)

–

orien

tate

the

file

s fo

r pro

cess

ing

–

apply

safe

work

ing p

ract

ices

and p

roce

dure

s at

all tim

es

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

234

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.3

se

t up t

he

rapid

pro

toty

pin

g e

quip

men

t, t

o incl

ude

carr

ying o

ut

all of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

pow

erin

g-u

p t

he

equip

men

t an

d a

ctiv

ating t

he

appro

priat

e so

ftw

are

–

sett

ing u

p t

he

soft

ware

rea

dy

to r

ecei

ve t

he

com

ponen

t in

form

ation

–

import

ing file

s fr

om

sys

tem

–

lo

adin

g file

s in

to t

he

‘build

’ so

ftw

are

1.4

fo

llow

inst

ruct

ions

and a

ny

rele

vant

spec

ific

atio

ns

to p

roduce

the

com

ponen

t 1.5

pro

duce

the

required

com

ponen

ts u

sing a

ppro

priat

e m

anufa

cturing m

ethods

and t

echniq

ues

1.6

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts u

sing o

ne

of th

e fo

llow

ing

types

of

rapid

pro

toty

pin

g e

quip

men

t:

–

ster

eo lithogra

phy

appar

atus

(SLA

) –

fu

sed d

eposi

tion m

odel

ling (

FDM

) –

se

lect

ive

lase

r si

nte

ring (

SLS

) –

direc

t m

etal

lase

r si

nte

ring (

DM

LS)

–

sele

ctiv

e la

ser

mel

ting (

SLM

) –

3D

printing (

ther

moje

t)

–

lam

inat

ed o

bje

ct m

anufa

cturing (

LOM

)

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

235

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.7

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts w

hic

h c

om

bin

e fe

ature

s an

d

tech

niq

ues

and c

ove

r al

l of th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

re

gula

r par

alle

l an

d s

quar

e su

rfac

es a

nd form

s –

an

gula

r an

d s

ymm

etrica

l su

rface

s an

d form

s –

ci

rcula

r an

d c

urv

ed s

urf

aces

and form

s –

irre

gula

r and v

ariab

le s

urf

ace

form

s an

d p

rofile

s

1.8

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts m

ade

from

one

of th

e fo

llow

ing m

ater

ials

:

–

photo

-poly

mer

res

in

–

pla

stic

s –

w

ax

–

met

al

–

lam

inat

ed p

aper

1.9

ch

eck

that

the

finis

hed

com

ponen

t m

eets

the

requirem

ents

and m

ake

any

nec

essa

ry a

dju

stm

ents

1.1

0

pro

duce

com

ponen

ts w

hic

h c

om

ply

with a

ll of

the

follo

win

g q

ual

ity

and a

ccura

cy r

equirem

ents

: –

co

rrec

tly

form

ed

–

free

fro

m m

anufa

cturing d

efec

ts

–

dim

ensi

onal

ly a

ccura

te,

within

tole

rance

–

sa

tisf

act

ory

vis

ual ap

pea

rance

/fin

ish

–

mee

ts c

ust

om

er a

nd/o

r dra

win

g s

pec

ific

atio

n

1.1

1

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith p

roble

ms

within

th

eir

contr

ol an

d r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

solv

ed

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

236

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.

Know

how

to p

roduce

co

mponen

ts b

y ra

pid

pro

toty

pin

g t

echniq

ues

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sa

fe w

ork

ing p

ract

ices

and p

roce

dure

s to

be

obse

rved

when

set

ting a

nd o

per

atin

g r

apid

pro

toty

pin

g e

quip

men

t (c

are

when

work

ing w

ith

lase

r bea

ms;

mac

hin

e guar

ds;

ven

tila

tion a

nd fum

e ex

tract

ion;

mac

hin

e sa

fety

dev

ices

)

2.2

ex

pla

in h

ow

to s

tart

and s

top t

he

mach

ine

in

norm

al a

nd e

mer

gen

cy s

ituat

ions,

and h

ow

to c

lose

th

e m

ach

ine

dow

n o

n c

om

ple

tion o

f act

ivitie

s 2.3

ex

pla

in t

he

import

ance

of

ensu

ring t

he

mach

ine

is

isola

ted fro

m t

he

pow

er s

upply

bef

ore

work

ing w

ith

the

equip

men

t

2.4

ex

pla

in t

he

import

ance

of

wea

ring t

he

appro

priate

pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing a

nd e

quip

men

t, a

nd o

f ke

epin

g

the

work

are

a cl

ean a

nd t

idy

2.5

des

crib

e th

e haz

ards

asso

ciate

d w

ith r

apid

pro

toty

pin

g m

ach

ines

(dan

ger

s fr

om

las

er b

eam

s;

live

elec

tric

al co

mponen

ts;

mat

eria

ls;

fum

es/g

ase

s),

and h

ow

they

can b

e m

inim

ised

2.6

des

crib

e th

e bas

ic p

rinci

ple

s of ra

pid

pro

toty

pin

g

(usi

ng a

lase

r bea

m/i

nkj

et p

rinte

r hea

ds

to form

m

ater

ial pro

file

; pro

cess

princi

ple

s; u

sing s

oft

war

e pac

kages

; m

ethods

of guid

ing a

nd o

ptica

l fo

cusi

ng

of th

e bea

m;

how

variat

ion in t

he

par

am

eter

s in

fluen

ces

the

com

ponen

t fe

ature

, qual

ity

and

outp

ut;

equip

men

t ca

libra

tion p

roce

dure

s;

term

inolo

gy

use

d in r

apid

pro

toty

pin

g;

the

import

ance

of cr

eating e

ffec

tive

com

ponen

t su

pport

st

ruct

ure

s)

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

237

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.7

des

crib

e th

e ke

y co

mponen

ts a

nd fea

ture

s of th

e eq

uip

men

t (t

ypes

of

rapid

pro

toty

pin

g e

quip

men

t;

pow

er r

anges

; bea

m g

uid

ing a

nd focu

sing

arra

ngem

ents

; m

ater

ial ca

pab

ilities

; fa

cilit

ies

for

man

ipula

ting t

he

com

ponen

ts f

or

pro

duct

ion;

and

safe

ty f

eatu

res)

2.8

des

crib

e th

e ben

efits

and lim

itations

of th

e diffe

rent

types

of

rapid

pro

toty

pin

g e

quip

men

t

2.9

des

crib

e th

e ra

pid

pro

toty

pin

g t

echniq

ues

use

d,

and

how

to d

iffe

rentiate

bet

wee

n t

he

diffe

rent

pro

cess

es (

incl

udin

g t

he

adva

nta

ges

and

dis

adva

nta

ges

)

2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e finis

hin

g t

echniq

ues

that

are

req

uired

, an

d h

ow

they

are

applie

d t

o t

he

diffe

rent

rapid

pro

toty

pin

g p

roce

sses

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

to e

xtra

ct a

nd u

se info

rmat

ion fro

m

engin

eering d

raw

ings

and r

elat

ed s

pec

ific

ations

(to

incl

ude

sym

bols

and c

onve

ntions

to a

ppro

priat

e BS

or

ISO

sta

ndar

ds

in r

elat

ion t

o w

ork

under

take

n)

2.1

2

expla

in h

ow

to inte

rpre

t firs

t an

d t

hir

d a

ngle

dra

win

gs,

im

per

ial an

d m

etric

syst

ems

of

mea

sure

men

t, w

ork

pie

ce r

efer

ence

poin

ts a

nd

syst

em o

f to

lera

nci

ng

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

238

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

3

expla

in h

ow

to im

port

appro

priate

file

s (S

TL)

fro

m a

dat

a sy

stem

into

the

rapid

pro

toty

pin

g s

oft

ware

, how

to o

rien

tate

thes

e fo

r pro

cess

ing,

and h

ow

to

crea

te o

per

atin

g file

s to

drive

the

pro

cess

2.1

4

des

crib

e th

e se

ttin

g u

p o

f th

e ra

pid

pro

toty

pin

g

equip

men

t to

ach

ieve

the

com

ponen

t sp

ecific

atio

n

(ele

ctri

cal an

d o

ptica

l co

nditio

ns;

foca

l dis

tance

; fo

rmin

g s

pee

d)

2.1

5

expla

in h

ow

to p

lace

the

mach

ine

in t

he

corr

ect

oper

atin

g m

ode,

and h

ow

to a

cces

s th

e pro

gra

m

edit f

acili

ty,

in o

rder

to m

ake

min

or

adju

stm

ents

for

pro

duct

ion

2.1

6

des

crib

e th

e diffe

rent

mat

eria

ls u

sed t

o p

roduce

co

mponen

ts b

y th

e ra

pid

pro

toty

pin

g p

roce

ss,

and

how

the

various

mat

eria

ls u

sed w

ill a

ffec

t th

e oper

atin

g c

onditio

ns

that

can

be

applie

d

2.1

7

expla

in w

hy

cert

ain

mat

eria

ls a

re s

uitab

le for

pro

duci

ng c

om

ponen

ts b

y th

e ra

pid

pro

toty

pin

g

pro

cess

2.1

8

expla

in t

he

import

ance

of kn

ow

ing w

hen

co

mponen

ts c

an b

e unlo

aded

fro

m t

he

mach

ine

in

rela

tion t

o t

he

diffe

rent

rapid

pro

toty

pin

g p

roce

sses

2.1

9

expla

in t

he

import

ance

of han

dlin

g a

nd s

toring

mat

eria

ls c

orr

ectly

2.2

0

expla

in h

ow

and w

her

e to

dis

pose

of an

y w

aste

m

ater

ials

, in

cludin

g d

amag

ed c

om

ponen

ts

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

239

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.2

1

expla

in h

ow

fin

ished

com

ponen

ts a

re s

tore

d a

nd

tran

sport

ed

2.2

2

des

crib

e th

e pro

ble

ms

and d

efec

ts t

hat

can o

ccur

in

com

ponen

ts p

roduce

d b

y ra

pid

pro

toty

pin

g

pro

cess

es,

how

thes

e hav

e occ

urr

ed,

and w

hat

pre

venta

tive

act

ions

are

nee

ded

to o

verc

om

e th

em

2.2

3

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________



240


241

Unit 25: Modifying and repairing pattern, corebox or model equipment


QCF level: 3

Credit value: 35


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to carry out modifications and repairs to existing patterns, coreboxes or models, in accordance with approved procedures. The equipment may have to be modified for a number of reasons, which could include, performance out of specification, inherent design problems, changes to customer specification, or casting/production problems. The type of equipment being modified or repaired will include loose or plated patterns (with and without cores), solid turnout, split and multi-part coreboxes, and various types of full and scale models. The modifications or repairs will be carried out using a combination of hand and machine skills, and the learner will be expected to select the relevant and current documentation relating to the modifications or repairs, to determine the methods to be used, and to obtain the tools and equipment required for the modification or repair, checking that they are in a safe and usable condition. In carrying out the modification or repair, the learner will be required to follow safe and approved procedures and techniques at all times. The materials used to modify or repair the equipment will, in the main, compare with the original part but, for operational purposes, different materials could be substituted, provided these materials will not affect serviceability of the equipment. The pattern or model equipment, and its components, could be modified using a number of methods and techniques including, where appropriate, adjusting, removing and replacing, repairing or manufacturing new components. Modified component parts will be checked for accuracy, security, completeness and function, as per the specification. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the modification activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the modification activities, materials or equipment that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out.



242

The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying modification and repair methods, techniques and procedures to pattern and model equipment. The learner will understand the equipment being modified, including its application, and the reason for modification, and will know about the tools and equipment to be used, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities to the required specification. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the modification or repair activities. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.





N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

243

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

M

odify

and r

epair p

atte

rn,

core

box

or

model

eq

uip

men

t

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

ca

rry

out

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing d

uring t

he

modific

atio

n

or

repai

r act

ivitie

s:

–

use

the

corr

ect

issu

e of dra

win

gs,

job

inst

ruct

ions

and s

pec

ific

atio

ns

–

use

copie

s of re

leva

nt

CO

SH

H s

hee

ts a

nd r

isk

asse

ssm

ents

–

ch

eck

that

tools

and m

easu

ring inst

rum

ents

to

be

use

d a

re w

ithin

calib

ration d

ates

–

en

sure

the

com

ponen

ts u

sed a

re fre

e fr

om

dirt

or

oth

er f

orm

s of co

nta

min

atio

n

–

use

lifting a

nd s

lingin

g e

quip

men

t in

acc

ord

ance

w

ith h

ealth a

nd s

afet

y guid

elin

es a

nd p

roce

dure

s –

ap

ply

safe

and a

ppro

priat

e m

odific

atio

n o

r re

pair

tech

niq

ues

at

all

tim

es

–

leav

e th

e w

ork

are

a in

a s

afe

conditio

n o

n

com

ple

tion o

f th

e ac

tivi

ties

1.3

obta

in t

he

rele

vant

spec

ific

atio

n a

nd job

inst

ruct

ions

for

the

modific

atio

n o

r re

pai

r bei

ng

per

form

ed

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

244

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.4

co

nfirm

and a

gre

e w

hat

mod

ific

atio

n o

r re

pai

r is

to

be

carr

ied o

ut

to m

eet

the

spec

ific

ation

1.5

det

erm

ine

how

the

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

eq

uip

men

t w

ill n

eed t

o b

e pre

pare

d f

or

the

modific

ation o

r re

pai

r bei

ng c

arr

ied o

ut

1.6

ch

eck

that

any

mat

eria

ls a

nd e

quip

men

t re

quired

ar

e ava

ilable

and t

hat

they

are

suitab

le for

the

work

to b

e ca

rrie

d o

ut

1.7

ca

rry

out

the

modific

atio

n o

r re

pai

r to

ach

ieve

the

required

chan

ges

in lin

e w

ith a

gre

ed inst

ruct

ions

and s

pec

ific

atio

ns

1.8

ca

rry

out

modific

ations

or

repai

rs o

n t

wo o

f th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

loose

patt

erns

–

pla

ted p

atte

rns

–

solid

core

boxe

s –

sp

lit c

ore

boxe

s

–

multi-

par

t co

reboxe

s

–

full-

size

model

s –

sc

ale

model

s –

ru

nner

/fee

der

sys

tem

par

ts

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

245

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.9

ca

rry

out

the

modific

atio

n o

r re

pai

r by

two o

f th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

addin

g o

r dec

reasi

ng m

etal th

ickn

ess

–

alte

rations

to c

ore

prints

–

al

tera

tions

to c

ore

loca

tions

–

alte

ring s

ize

of m

odel

par

ts

–

alte

ring s

hap

e of m

odel

s 1.1

0

com

ple

te t

he

modific

atio

n o

r re

pai

r usi

ng t

wo o

f th

e fo

llow

ing t

echniq

ues

:

–

dis

man

tlin

g a

nd r

e-ass

emblin

g

–

adju

stin

g e

xist

ing c

om

ponen

ts

–

mak

ing a

nd a

ttach

ing c

om

ple

te n

ew p

art

s

–

mak

ing a

nd a

ttach

ing s

ectional

par

ts

–

addin

g n

ew m

ater

ial to

dam

aged

par

ts u

sing

adhes

ives

/res

in m

ixes

/fill

ers

1.1

1

modify

or

repai

r eq

uip

men

t/m

odel

s w

hic

h a

re u

sed

for

two o

f th

e fo

llow

ing:

–

one-

off p

roduct

ion

–

bat

ch p

roduct

ion

–

tem

pora

ry u

se

–

per

man

ent

use

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

246

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.1

2

carr

y out

modific

ations

or

repai

rs t

o e

quip

men

t w

hic

h c

om

ply

with o

ne

or

more

of th

e fo

llow

ing

qual

ity

and a

ccura

cy s

tandar

ds:

–

BS o

r IS

O s

tandar

ds

and p

roce

dure

s –

cu

stom

er s

tandar

ds

and r

equirem

ents

–

co

mpan

y st

andar

ds

and p

roce

dure

s –

sp

ecific

equip

men

t re

quirem

ents

1.1

3

com

ple

te a

ll re

leva

nt

docu

men

tation in a

ccord

ance

w

ith o

rgan

isat

ional

req

uirem

ents

1.1

4

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith p

roble

ms

within

th

eir

contr

ol an

d r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

solv

ed

2.

Know

how

to m

odify

and

repai

r pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

equip

men

t

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

saf

ety

pre

cautions

to b

e ta

ken

whils

t ca

rryi

ng o

ut

the

modific

atio

n o

n t

he

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

equip

men

t (i

ncl

udin

g a

ny

spec

ific

le

gis

lation,

regula

tions

or

codes

of pra

ctic

e re

lating

to t

he

activi

ties

, eq

uip

men

t or

mat

eria

ls)

2.2

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

work

are

a in w

hic

h t

hey

are

car

ryin

g o

ut

the

modific

ation a

ctiv

itie

s, a

nd t

he

resp

onsi

bili

ty t

hey

pla

ce o

n t

he

learn

er

2.3

des

crib

e th

e CO

SH

H r

egula

tions

per

tinen

t to

the

subst

ance

s use

d in t

he

modific

atio

n p

roce

ss

2.4

des

crib

e th

e haz

ards

asso

ciate

d w

ith m

odifyi

ng

pat

tern

, co

rebox

and m

odel

equip

men

t, a

nd t

he

tools

and e

quip

men

t th

at a

re u

sed,

and h

ow

thes

e haz

ards

can b

e m

inim

ised

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

247

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.5

des

crib

e th

e per

sonal pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t an

d

cloth

ing t

o b

e w

orn

during t

he

modific

ation

activi

ties

2.6

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

types

of dra

win

g a

nd

spec

ific

atio

ns

that

are

use

d d

uring t

he

modific

atio

n

2.7

ex

pla

in h

ow

to u

se a

nd e

xtra

ct info

rmat

ion fro

m

engin

eering d

raw

ings

and r

elat

ed s

pec

ific

ations

(to

incl

ude

sym

bols

and c

onve

ntions

to a

ppro

priat

e BS

or

ISO

sta

ndar

ds

in r

elat

ion t

o w

ork

under

take

n)

2.8

ex

pla

in h

ow

to inte

rpre

t firs

t an

d t

hir

d a

ngle

dra

win

gs,

im

per

ial an

d m

etric

syst

ems

of

mea

sure

men

t, w

ork

pie

ce r

efer

ence

poin

ts a

nd

syst

em o

f to

lera

nci

ng

2.9

des

crib

e th

e bas

ic funct

ion o

f th

e pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

equip

men

t bei

ng m

odifie

d o

r re

pai

red (

to

incl

ude

pla

ted p

att

erns,

loose

pat

tern

s, s

olid

, sp

lit

and m

ulti-

par

t co

reboxe

s, full-

size

and s

cale

m

odel

s)

2.1

0

expla

in t

he

reaso

ns

why

patt

ern,

core

boxe

s an

d

model

equip

men

t m

ay

require

modific

ation

2.1

1

des

crib

e th

e pre

par

atio

ns

to b

e under

take

n o

n t

he

com

ponen

ts p

rior

to c

arry

ing o

ut

the

modific

atio

n

2.1

2

expla

in h

ow

the

diffe

rent

mat

eria

ls u

sed in t

he

origin

al eq

uip

men

t m

ay a

ffec

t th

e ch

oic

e of

repai

r/m

odific

atio

n m

ethods

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

248

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

met

hods

that

could

be

use

d t

o

modify

asse

mblie

s (a

dju

st,

rem

ove

and r

epla

ce,

repai

r an

d m

anufa

cture

)

2.1

4

des

crib

e th

e bas

ic c

once

pts

and t

echniq

ues

that

can

be

use

d,

wher

e ap

pro

priat

e, t

o m

odify

the

asse

mbly

(m

achin

ing,

fitt

ing,

bondin

g,

filli

ng a

nd

ble

ndin

g)

2.1

5

des

crib

e th

e ben

efits

and lim

itations

of th

e va

rious

types

of

loca

ting a

nd s

ecuring d

evic

es u

sed o

n

pat

tern

s, c

ore

boxe

s and m

odel

equip

men

t 2.1

6

expla

in w

hy

the

cost

of th

e m

odific

atio

n o

r re

pair

nee

ds

to b

e det

erm

ined

bef

ore

com

men

cing w

ork

2.1

7

des

crib

e th

e qual

ity

contr

ol pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

during t

he

modific

ation,

and t

he

import

ance

of ad

her

ing t

o t

hem

2.1

8

expla

in h

ow

to c

onduct

any

nec

essa

ry c

hec

ks t

o

ensu

re t

he

accu

racy

, posi

tion,

secu

rity

, fu

nct

ion

and c

om

ple

tenes

s of

the

modific

atio

n

2.1

9

des

crib

e th

e m

ethods

and e

quip

men

t use

d t

o

tran

sport

, lif

t an

d h

andle

com

ponen

ts a

nd

asse

mblie

s 2.2

0

expla

in h

ow

to c

hec

k th

at t

he

tools

and e

quip

men

t to

be

use

d a

re c

orr

ectly

calib

rate

d a

nd a

re in a

safe

an

d s

ervi

ceab

le c

onditio

n

2.2

1

expla

in t

he

import

ance

of

ensu

ring t

hat

all

tools

are

use

d c

orr

ectly

and w

ithin

thei

r per

mitte

d o

per

atin

g

range

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

249

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.2

2

expla

in t

he

import

ance

of

ensu

ring t

hat

all

tools

, eq

uip

men

t an

d c

om

ponen

ts a

re a

ccounte

d for

and

retu

rned

to t

hei

r co

rrec

t lo

cation o

n c

om

ple

tion o

f th

e m

odific

atio

n a

ctiv

itie

s 2.2

3

des

crib

e th

e pro

ble

ms

ass

oci

ate

d w

ith c

arr

ying o

ut

modific

ations

on p

atte

rn,

core

box

and m

odel

eq

uip

men

t, a

nd t

he

import

ance

of in

form

ing t

he

appro

priat

e peo

ple

of non-c

onfo

rman

ces

2.2

4

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________



250


251

Unit 26: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using flexible composite materials

Unit reference number: F/502/9338

QCF level: 3

Credit value: 40


Unit summary

This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to produce flexible composite moulds for model components, using hand tools and equipment, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate tools and equipment to use, based on the type, size and material of the mould to be produced. The size, shape and complexity of the moulds to be produced will vary, so the learner must set out the mould masters to ensure that the number, quality and accuracy of the models produced per mould is achieved. The learner will also be expected to set up the machine moulding parameters, such as mould pressures, mould temperatures, curing and setting times, safely and correctly. Extracting the finished moulds, cutting runner and air release systems, and inspecting the mould cavities for defects, will also form part of the learner’s role. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the moulding activities, materials or equipment that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying flexible composite moulding techniques and procedures. The learner will understand the moulding techniques and procedures used, and their application, and will know about the relevant equipment, tools and materials, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities to the required specification. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the moulding activities. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.



252





N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

253

Lear

nin

g ou

tcom

es a

nd a

sses

smen

t cr

iter

ia

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.

Pr

oduce

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

com

ponen

ts

usi

ng fle

xible

com

posi

te

mat

eria

ls

1.1

w

ork

safe

ly a

t al

l tim

es,

com

ply

ing w

ith h

ealth a

nd

safe

ty a

nd o

ther

rel

evan

t re

gula

tions

and g

uid

elin

es

1.2

ca

rry

out

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing d

uring t

he

mould

ing

act

ivitie

s:

–

use

the

corr

ect

issu

e of m

ould

ing p

roce

dure

and

qual

ity

docu

men

tation

–

use

copie

s of re

leva

nt

CO

SH

H s

hee

ts a

nd r

isk

asse

ssm

ent

stan

dar

ds

–

chec

k all

tools

and e

quip

men

t to

be

use

d a

re in

a sa

fe a

nd u

sable

conditio

n

–

chec

k th

at t

her

e ar

e su

ffic

ient

mas

ters

ava

ilable

to

pro

duce

the

required

mould

–

ch

eck

that

suffic

ient

mould

ing m

ater

ials

are

av

aila

ble

and a

re w

ithin

curr

ent

shel

f lif

e –

en

sure

mould

ing m

achin

es a

re c

orr

ectly

set

up

and o

per

ated

safe

ly

–

le

ave

the

work

are

a in

a s

afe

conditio

n o

n

com

ple

tion o

f th

e ac

tivi

ties

1.3

fo

llow

rel

evan

t sp

ecific

atio

ns

for

the

com

ponen

t to

be

pro

duce

d

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

254

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.4

obta

in t

he

appro

priat

e to

ols

and e

quip

men

t fo

r th

e sh

apin

g o

per

atio

ns

and c

hec

k th

ey a

re in a

safe

an

d u

sable

conditio

n

1.5

pre

par

e m

ould

s fo

r cu

ring t

o incl

ude

carr

ying o

ut

all

of th

e fo

llow

ing o

per

ations:

–

m

arki

ng o

ut

the

posi

tions

of th

e m

ast

ers

around

the

mould

–

ap

ply

ing s

uitab

le r

elea

se a

gen

ts t

o t

he

mas

ters

–

ar

rangin

g m

aste

rs o

n t

he

mould

face

–

in

sert

ing m

ould

loca

tion d

evic

es

–

closi

ng m

ould

s 1.6

sh

ape

the

mat

eria

ls u

sing a

ppro

priat

e m

ethods

and

tech

niq

ues

1.7

pro

duce

mould

s in

one

of th

e fo

llow

ing m

ater

ials

:

–

rubber

–

si

licone

–

oth

er f

lexi

ble

com

posi

te

1.8

se

t m

ould

ing m

ach

ine

conditio

ns

to incl

ude

all of

the

follo

win

g:

–

m

ould

pre

ssure

–

m

ould

tem

per

ature

–

se

ttin

g t

ime

–

curing t

ime

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

255

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.9

pro

duce

mould

s fo

r m

odel

s w

hic

h h

ave

four

of th

e fo

llow

ing fea

ture

s or

pro

file

s:

–

flat

face

s –

ta

per

ed p

rofile

s –

cu

rved

conto

urs

–

st

epped

face

s –

co

mple

x pro

file

s 1.1

0

chec

k th

at a

ll th

e re

quired

shap

ing o

per

atio

ns

have

bee

n c

om

ple

ted t

o t

he

required

spec

ific

atio

n

1.1

1

finis

h m

ould

s aft

er p

roce

ssin

g b

y co

mple

ting a

ll of

the

follo

win

g a

ctiv

itie

s:

–

extr

act

ing m

aste

rs fro

m m

ould

s –

cu

ttin

g r

unner

and a

ir r

elea

se s

yste

ms

–

in

spec

ting m

ould

cavi

ties

for

def

ects

–

re

pla

cing m

aste

rs in c

orr

ect

loca

tions

1.1

2

pro

duce

mould

s w

hic

h c

om

ply

with o

ne

or

more

of

the

follo

win

g q

ual

ity

and a

ccura

cy s

tandar

ds:

–

m

ould

cavi

ties

are

corr

ectly

form

ed,

com

ple

te

and fre

e fr

om

def

ects

–

im

pre

ssio

ns

are

corr

ectly

spac

ed a

round t

he

mould

–

lo

cato

rs a

re c

orr

ectly

posi

tioned

–

ru

nner

chan

nel

s an

d a

ir r

elea

se s

yste

ms

are

corr

ectly

form

ed a

nd c

onnec

ted

–

mould

s m

eet

pro

duct

spec

ific

atio

n

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

256

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

1.1

3

dea

l pro

mptly

and e

ffec

tive

ly w

ith p

roble

ms

within

th

eir

contr

ol an

d r

eport

those

that

can

not

be

solv

ed

2.

Know

how

to p

roduce

pat

tern

, co

rebox

or

model

co

mponen

ts u

sing fle

xible

co

mposi

te m

ater

ials

2.1

des

crib

e th

e sp

ecific

saf

ety

pre

cautions

to b

e ta

ken

whils

t ca

rryi

ng o

ut

the

flex

ible

com

posi

te m

ould

ing

oper

atio

ns

(incl

udin

g a

ny

spec

ific

leg

isla

tion,

regula

tions

or

codes

of pra

ctic

e re

lating t

o t

he

activi

ties

, eq

uip

men

t or

mat

eria

ls)

2.2

des

crib

e th

e hea

lth a

nd s

afe

ty r

equirem

ents

of

the

work

are

a in w

hic

h t

hey

are

car

ryin

g o

ut

the

mould

ing a

ctiv

itie

s, a

nd t

he

resp

onsi

bili

ty t

hes

e re

quirem

ents

pla

ce o

n t

he

lear

ner

2.3

des

crib

e th

e haz

ards

asso

ciate

d w

ith p

roduci

ng

flex

ible

com

posi

te m

ould

s, a

nd h

ow

they

can

be

min

imis

ed

2.4

des

crib

e th

e per

sonal pro

tect

ive

equip

men

t an

d

pro

tect

ive

cloth

ing t

o b

e w

orn

during t

he

mould

ing

and form

ing a

ctiv

itie

s 2.5

ex

pla

in h

ow

to o

bta

in t

he

nec

essa

ry job

inst

ruct

ions,

dra

win

gs

and r

elat

ed s

pec

ific

atio

ns,

and h

ow

to inte

rpre

t th

eir

info

rmation c

orr

ectly

2.6

des

crib

e th

e ra

nge

of

han

d t

ools

and a

ssoci

ated

eq

uip

men

t th

at is

use

d t

o c

ut,

shap

e an

d f

orm

m

ater

ials

use

d in f

lexi

ble

com

posi

te m

ould

s 2.7

ex

pla

in h

ow

to c

hec

k th

at t

he

tools

and e

quip

men

t to

be

use

d a

re in a

saf

e an

d u

sable

conditio

n

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

257

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.8

ex

pla

in t

he

import

ance

of en

suring t

hat

all

tools

an

d e

quip

men

t are

use

d in t

he

corr

ect

manner

, only

for

thei

r in

tended

purp

ose

, an

d w

ithin

thei

r per

mitte

d o

per

atin

g r

ange

2.9

ex

pla

in h

ow

to iden

tify

the

mat

eria

ls t

o b

e use

d,

mat

eria

l id

entifica

tion s

yste

ms,

and a

ny

codes

that

ar

e use

d

2.1

0

des

crib

e th

e va

rious

tech

niq

ues

use

d t

o f

orm

and

shap

e ru

bber

and s

ilico

ne

mat

eria

ls

2.1

1

expla

in h

ow

to p

repare

the

mast

ers

and a

rran

ge

them

aro

und t

he

mould

(m

arki

ng o

ut

posi

tions

for

the

mast

ers,

posi

tionin

g t

hem

aro

und t

he

mould

, in

sert

ing m

ould

loca

tion d

ow

els,

apply

ing m

ould

re

lease

agen

ts)

2.1

2

expla

in h

ow

to s

et u

p fle

xible

com

posi

te m

ould

ing

mac

hin

es f

or

the

corr

ect

pre

ssure

s, t

emper

ature

, cu

ring a

nd s

etting t

imes

2.1

3

des

crib

e th

e ef

fect

s on t

he

com

ple

ted m

ould

s of

usi

ng inco

rrec

t pre

ssure

or

tem

per

ature

during t

he

curing p

roce

ss

2.1

4

expla

in h

ow

to r

emove

mould

s sa

fely

fro

m t

he

mac

hin

e, a

nd e

xtra

ct t

he

mast

ers,

without

causi

ng

dam

age

to t

he

mould

cavi

ties

2.1

5

expla

in h

ow

to f

inis

h t

he

mould

s by

cutt

ing r

unner

an

d a

ir r

elea

se s

yste

ms,

and h

ow

to insp

ect

them

fo

r def

ects

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

258

Learn

ing

ou

tco

mes

Ass

ess

men

t cr

iteri

a

Evid

en

ce

typ

e

Po

rtfo

lio

re

fere

nce

D

ate

2.1

6

expla

in h

ow

to iden

tify

def

ects

in t

he

model

s w

hic

h

can b

e direc

tly

rela

ted t

o inco

rrec

t ru

nnin

g,

siting o

f th

e m

ast

ers

and inco

rrec

t ai

r re

leas

e sy

stem

s 2.1

7

expla

in w

hy

it is

import

ant

to k

eep t

he

model

m

aste

rs c

lean

and fre

e fr

om

dam

age,

to p

ract

ise

good h

ouse

keep

ing o

f to

ols

and e

quip

men

t, a

nd t

o

mai

nta

in a

cle

an a

nd u

nobst

ruct

ed w

ork

ing a

rea

2.1

8

des

crib

e th

e qual

ity

contr

ol pro

cedure

s to

be

follo

wed

, and h

ow

to c

onduct

any

nec

essa

ry c

hec

ks

to e

nsu

re t

he

accu

racy

and q

ual

ity

of

the

mould

s pro

duce

d

2.1

9

des

crib

e th

e pro

ble

ms

that

can o

ccur

with t

he

mould

ing a

nd form

ing o

per

atio

ns,

and h

ow

thes

e ca

n b

e ove

rcom

e 2.2

0

des

crib

e th

e ex

tent

of th

eir

ow

n r

esponsi

bili

ty,

and

to w

hom

they

should

rep

ort

to if th

ey h

ave

pro

ble

ms

that

they

can

not

reso

lve

Lear

ner

nam

e:__________________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Lear

ner

sig

nat

ure

:_______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Ass

esso

r si

gnat

ure

:______________________________________

D

ate:

___________________________

Inte

rnal

ver

ifie

r si

gnatu

re:

________________________________

(i

f sa

mple

d)

Dat

e:___________________________


259

Further information

Our customer service numbers are: BTEC and NVQ 0844 576 0026 GCSE 0844 576 0027 GCE 0844 576 0025 The Diploma 0844 576 0028 DiDA and other qualifications 0844 576 0031 Calls may be recorded for training purposes.

Useful publications

Related information and publications include: Centre Handbook for Edexcel QCF NVQs and Competence-based

Qualifications published annually functional skills publications – specifications, tutor support materials and

question papers Regulatory Arrangements for the Qualification and Credit Framework

(published by Ofqual, August 2008) the current Edexcel publications catalogue and update catalogue. Edexcel publications concerning the Quality Assurance System and the internal and standards verification of vocationally related programmes can be found on the Edexcel website. NB: Some of our publications are priced. There is also a charge for postage and packing. Please check the cost when you order.

How to obtain National Occupational Standards

To obtain the National Occupational Standards go to www.ukstandards.org.uk.



260

Professional development and training

Edexcel supports UK and international customers with training related to NVQ and BTEC qualifications. This support is available through a choice of training options offered in our published training directory or through customised training at your centre. The support we offer focuses on a range of issues including: planning for the delivery of a new programme planning for assessment and grading developing effective assignments building your team and teamwork skills developing student-centred learning and teaching approaches building functional skills into your programme building effective and efficient quality assurance systems. The national programme of training we offer can be viewed on our website (www.edexcel.com/training). You can request customised training through the website or by contacting one of our advisers in the Training from Edexcel team via Customer Services to discuss your training needs. The training we provide: is active is designed to be supportive and thought provoking builds on best practice may be suitable for those seeking evidence for their continuing

professional development.

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

261

Annex

e A

: Pro

gres

sion

pat

hw

ays

The

Edex

cel qual

ific

atio

n f

ram

ewor

k fo

r th

e en

ginee

ring

sect

or

Level

Gen

era

l q

uali

fica

tio

ns

Dip

lom

as

BTE

C v

oca

tio

nall

y-

rela

ted

q

uali

fica

tio

ns

BTEC

sp

eci

ali

st

qu

alifi

cati

on

/

pro

fess

ion

al

NV

Q/

com

pete

nce

8

7

6

We

have

too m

any

qual

ific

ations

to lis

t in

th

is s

pace

. Pl

ease

go

to w

ww

.edex

cel.co

m

for

furt

her

in

form

atio

n.

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

262

Level

Gen

era

l q

uali

fica

tio

ns

Dip

lom

as

BTE

C v

oca

tio

nall

y-

rela

ted

q

uali

fica

tio

ns

BTEC

sp

eci

ali

st

qu

alifi

cati

on

/

pro

fess

ion

al

NV

Q/

com

pete

nce

5

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

5

HN

D D

iplo

ma

in

Man

ufa

cturing

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

5

HN

D D

iplo

ma

in

Mec

han

ical

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

5

HN

D D

iplo

ma

in

Oper

atio

ns

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

5

HN

D D

iplo

ma

in

Ele

ctri

cal/

Ele

ctro

nic

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

5

HN

D D

iplo

ma

in

Gen

eral

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

5

HN

D D

iplo

ma

in

Auto

motive

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

5

HN

D D

iplo

ma

in

Aer

onau

tica

l Engin

eering

W

e have

too m

any

qual

ific

ations

to lis

t in

th

is s

pace

. Pl

ease

go

to w

ww

.edex

cel.co

m

for

furt

her

in

form

atio

n.

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

263

Level

Gen

era

l q

uali

fica

tio

ns

Dip

lom

as

BTE

C v

oca

tio

nall

y-

rela

ted

q

uali

fica

tio

ns

BTEC

sp

eci

ali

st

qu

alifi

cati

on

/

pro

fess

ion

al

NV

Q/

com

pete

nce

4

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

4

HN

C D

iplo

ma

in

Man

ufa

cturing

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

4

HN

C D

iplo

ma

in

Mec

han

ical

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

4

HN

C D

iplo

ma

in

Oper

atio

ns

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

4

HN

C D

iplo

ma

in

Ele

ctri

cal/

Ele

ctro

nic

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

4

HN

C D

iplo

ma

in

Gen

eral

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

4

HN

C D

iplo

ma

in

Auto

motive

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

4

HN

C D

iplo

ma

in

Aer

onau

tica

l Engin

eering

W

e have

too m

any

qual

ific

ations

to lis

t in

th

is s

pace

. Pl

ease

re

fer

to

ww

w.e

dex

cel.co

m f

or

furt

her

info

rmat

ion.

N026808 –

Spec

ific

ation –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

264

Level

Gen

era

l q

uali

fica

tio

ns

Dip

lom

as

BTE

C v

oca

tio

nall

y-

rela

ted

q

uali

fica

tio

ns

BTEC

sp

eci

ali

st

qu

alifi

cati

on

/

pro

fess

ion

al

NV

Q/

com

pete

nce

3

Edex

cel Le

vel 3

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

3

Cer

tifica

te,

Subsi

dia

ry

Dip

lom

a, D

iplo

ma

and

Ext

ended

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

3

Dip

lom

a an

d E

xten

ded

D

iplo

ma

in M

echan

ical

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

3

Dip

lom

a an

d E

xten

ded

D

iplo

ma

in

Man

ufa

cturing

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

3

Dip

lom

a an

d E

xten

ded

D

iplo

ma

in O

per

atio

ns

and M

ainte

nan

ce

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

3

Dip

lom

a an

d E

xten

ded

D

iplo

ma

in

Ele

ctrica

l/Ele

ctro

nic

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

3

Dip

lom

a an

d E

xten

ded

D

iplo

ma

in A

eronau

tica

l Engin

eering

W

e have

too m

any

qual

ific

ations

to lis

t in

th

is s

pace

. Pl

ease

go

to w

ww

.edex

cel.co

m

for

furt

her

in

form

atio

n.

N026808 –

Spec

ific

atio

n –

Edex

cel Le

vel 3 N

VQ

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Woodw

ork

ing,

Pat

tern

and M

odel

Mak

ing (

QCF)

– I

ssue

1 –

Oct

ober

2011

© P

ears

on E

duca

tion L

imited

2011

265

Level

Gen

era

l q

uali

fica

tio

ns

Dip

lom

as

BTE

C v

oca

tio

nall

y-

rela

ted

q

uali

fica

tio

ns

BTEC

sp

eci

ali

st

qu

alifi

cati

on

/

pro

fess

ion

al

NV

Q/

com

pete

nce

2

GCSE E

ngin

eering

GCSE M

anufa

cturing

Edex

cel Le

vel 2

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

2

Cer

tifica

te,

Ext

ended

Cer

tifica

te a

nd

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

W

e have

too m

any

qual

ific

ations

to lis

t in

th

is s

pace

. Pl

ease

go

to w

ww

.edex

cel.co

m

for

furt

her

in

form

atio

n.

1

Edex

cel Le

vel 1

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

Edex

cel BTEC L

evel

1

Aw

ard,

Cer

tifica

te a

nd

Dip

lom

a in

Engin

eering

W

e have

too m

any

qual

ific

ations

to lis

t in

th

is s

pace

. Pl

ease

go

to w

ww

.edex

cel.co

m

for

furt

her

in

form

atio

n.

En

try



266


267

Annexe B: Quality assurance

Key principles of quality assurance

A centre delivering Edexcel qualifications must be an Edexcel recognised centre and must have approval for qualifications that it is offering.

The centre agrees, as part of gaining recognition, to abide by specific terms and conditions relating to the effective delivery and quality assurance of assessment. The centre must abide by these conditions throughout the period of delivery.

Edexcel makes available to approved centres a range of materials and opportunities to exemplify the processes required for effective assessment and provide examples of effective standards. Approved centres must use the guidance on assessment to ensure that staff who are delivering Edexcel qualifications are applying consistent standards.

An approved centre must follow agreed protocols for: standardisation of assessors; planning, monitoring and recording of assessment processes; internal verification and recording of internal verification processes and dealing with special circumstances, appeals and malpractice.

Quality assurance processes

The approach to quality assured assessment is made through a partnership between a recognised centre and Edexcel. Edexcel is committed to ensuring that it follows best practice and employs appropriate technology to support quality assurance processes where practicable. The specific arrangements for working with centres will vary. Edexcel seeks to ensure that the quality-assurance processes it uses do not inflict undue bureaucratic processes on centres, and works to support them in providing robust quality-assurance processes. The learning outcomes and assessment criteria in each unit within this specification set out the standard to be achieved by each learner in order to gain each qualification. Edexcel operates a quality-assurance process, designed to ensure that these standards are maintained by all assessors and verifiers. For the purposes of quality assurance, all individual qualifications and units are considered as a whole. Centres offering these qualifications must be committed to ensuring the quality of the units and qualifications they offer, through effective standardisation of assessors and internal verification of assessor decisions. Centre quality assurance and assessment processes are monitored by Edexcel.



268

The Edexcel quality-assurance processes will involve: gaining centre recognition and qualification approval if a centre is not

currently approved to offer Edexcel qualifications annual visits to centres by Edexcel for quality review and development of

overarching processes and quality standards. Quality review and development visits will be conducted by an Edexcel quality development reviewer

annual visits by occupationally competent and qualified Edexcel Standards Verifiers for sampling of internal verification and assessor decisions for the occupational sector

the provision of support, advice and guidance towards the achievement of National Occupational Standards.

Centres are required to declare their commitment to ensuring quality and appropriate opportunities for learners that lead to valid and accurate assessment outcomes. In addition, centres will commit to undertaking defined training and online standardisation activities.


269

Annexe C: Centre certification and registration

Edexcel Standards Verifiers will provide support, advice and guidance to centres to achieve Direct Claims Status (DCS). Edexcel will maintain the integrity of Edexcel QCF NVQs through ensuring that the awarding of these qualifications is secure. Where there are quality issues identified in the delivery of programmes, Edexcel will exercise the right to: direct centres to take action limit or suspend certification suspend registration. The approach of Edexcel in such circumstances is to work with the centre to overcome the problems identified. If additional training is required, Edexcel will aim to secure the appropriate expertise to provide this.

What are the access arrangements and special considerations for the qualification in this specification?

Centres are required to recruit learners to Edexcel qualifications with integrity. Appropriate steps should be taken to assess each applicant’s potential and a professional judgement should be made about their ability to successfully complete the programme of study and achieve the qualification. This assessment will need to take account of the support available to the learner within the centre during their programme of study and any specific support that might be necessary to allow the learner to access the assessment for the qualification. Centres should consult Edexcel’s policy on learners with particular requirements. Edexcel’s policy on access arrangements and special considerations for Edexcel qualifications aims to enhance access to the qualifications for learners with disabilities and other difficulties (as defined by the 1995 Disability Discrimination Act and the amendments to the Act) without compromising the assessment of skills, knowledge, understanding or competence. Please refer to Access Arrangements and Special Considerations for BTEC and Edexcel NVQ Qualifications for further details. www.edexcel.com.



270


271

Annexe D: Assessment Strategy

Semta

Engineering

NVQ Level 2, 3 and 4

QCF Unit Assessment Strategy

Version 4. 1st January 2011



272


273

Contents

Introduction 275

Assessor Requirements 275

Verifier Requirements 276

Technical Requirements for Assessors and Verifiers 277

Assessment Environment 278

Access to Assessment 279

Carrying Out Assessment 279

Performance Evidence Requirements 279

Assessing Knowledge and Understanding 280

Witness Testimony 281

Quality Control of Assessment 281

Additional Notes 282



274


275

Introduction

[Semta], the Sector Skills Council for the Science Engineering Manufacturing Technologies Sector, has produced this QCF Unit Assessment Strategy to: ßassist Assessors, Internal Verifiers and External Verifiers encourage and promote consistent assessment of NVQ units promote cost effective assessment plans. This document also provides definitions for: the qualifications and experience required for Assessors and Verifiers the assessment environment and notes on simulation/replication access to units. and requirements relating to: carrying out assessments performance evidence assessing knowledge and understanding. The importance and value in which employers and learners place on undertaking NVQ units will provide a key measure of [Semta’s] success with this unit assessment strategy. Another key success factor will be [Semta’s] partnership with the relevant Awarding Organisations.

Assessor Requirements to Demonstrate Effective Assessment Practice

Assessment must be carried out by competent Assessors that as a minimum must hold the QCF Level 3 Award in Assessing Competence in the Work Environment. Current and operational Assessors that hold units D32 and/or D33 or A1 and/or A2 as appropriate to the assessment being carried out, will not be required to achieve the QCF Level 3 Award as they are still appropriate for the assessment requirements set out in this Unit Assessment Strategy. However, they will be expected to regularly review their skills, knowledge and understanding and where applicable undertake continuing professional development to ensure that they are carrying out workplace assessment to the most up to date National Occupational Standards (NOS).

Assessor Technical Requirements

Assessors must be able to demonstrate that they have verifiable, relevant and sufficient technical competence to evaluate and judge performance and knowledge evidence requirements as set out in the relevant QCF unit learning outcomes and associated assessment criteria. This will be demonstrated either by holding a relevant technical qualification or by proven industrial experience of the technical areas to be assessed. The assessor’s competence must, at the very least, be at the same level as that required of the learner(s) in the units being assessed.



276

Assessors must also be: Fully conversant with the Awarding Organisation’s assessment recording documentation used for the QCF NVQ units against which the assessments and verification are to be carried out, other relevant documentation and system and procedures to support the QA process.

Verifier Requirements (internal and external)

Internal quality assurance (Internal Verification) must be carried out by competent Verifiers that as a minimum must hold the QCF Level 4 Award in the Internal Quality Assurance of Assessment Processes and Practices. Current and operational Internal Verifiers that hold internal verification units V1 or D34 will not be required to achieve the QCF Level 4 Award as they are still appropriate for the verification requirements set out in this Unit Assessment Strategy. Verifiers must be familiar with, and preferably hold, either the nationally recognised Assessor units D32 and/or D33 or A1 and/or A2 or the QCF Level 3 Award in Assessing Competence in the Work Environment. External quality assurance (External Verification) must be carried out by competent External Verifiers that as a minimum must hold the QCF Level 4 Award in the External Quality Assurance of Assessment Processes and Practices. Current and operational External Verifiers that hold external verification units V2 or D35 will not be required to achieve the QCF Level 4 Award as they are still appropriate for the verification requirements set out in this Unit Assessment Strategy. Verifiers must be familiar with, and preferably hold, either the nationally recognised Assessor units D32 and/or D33 or A1 and/or A2 or the QCF Level 3 Award in Assessing Competence in the Work Environment. External and Internal Verifiers will be expected to regularly review their skills, knowledge and understanding and where applicable undertake continuing professional development to ensure that they are carrying out workplace Quality Assurance (verification) of Assessment Processes and Practices to the most up to date National Occupational Standards (NOS). Verifiers, both Internal and External, will also be expected to be fully conversant with the terminology used in the QCF NVQ units against which the assessments and verification are to be carried out, the appropriate Regulatory Body’s systems and procedures and the relevant Awarding Organisation’s documentation, systems and procedures within which the assessment and verification is taking place. Specific technical requirements for internal and external verifiers Internal and external verifiers of this qualification must be able to demonstrate that have verifiable, sufficient and relevant industrial experience, and must have a working knowledge of the processes, techniques and procedures that are used in the relevant sector/occupation. The tables on the following page show the recommended levels of technical competence for assessors, internal verifiers, and external verifiers.


277

Technical Requirements for Assessors and Verifiers

Position Prime activity requirements

Support activity requirements

Technical requirements (see notes)

Assessor Assessment Skills IV Systems Technical competence in the areas covered by the QCF units being assessed

Internal Verifier Verification Skills Assessment Knowledge

Technical understanding of the areas covered by the qualifications

External Verifier Verification skills Assessment Understanding

Technical awareness of the areas covered by the qualifications

Notes 1. Technical competence is defined here as a combination of practical

skills, knowledge, and the ability to apply both of these, in familiar and new situations, within a real working environment.

2. Technical understanding is defined here as having a good understanding of the technical activities being assessed, together with knowledge of relevant Health & Safety implications and requirements of the assessments.

3. Technical awareness is defined here as a general overview of the subject area, sufficient to ensure that assessment and portfolio evidence are reliable, and that relevant Health and Safety requirements have been complied with.

4. The competence required by the assessor, internal verifier and external verifier, in the occupational area being assessed, is likely to exist at three levels as indicated by the shaded zones in the following table.



278

Technical Competence

required by:

An ability to discuss the general principles of the competences being assessed

An ability to describe the practical aspects of the competence being assessed

An ability to demonstrate the practical competences being assessed

Assessor

Internal Verifier

External Verifier

Assessment Environment

The evidence put forward for this unit can only be regarded valid, reliable, sufficient and authentic if achieved and obtained in the working environment and be clearly attributable to the learner. However, in certain circumstances, simulation/replication of work activities may be acceptable. The use of high quality, realistic simulations/replication, which impose pressures which are consistent with workplace expectations, should only be used in relation to the assessment of the following: rare or dangerous occurrences, such as those associated with health,

safety and the environment issues, emergency scenarios and rare operations at work;

the response to faults and problems for which no opportunity has presented for the use of naturally occurring workplace evidence of learners competence;

aspects of working relationships and communications for which no opportunity has presented for the use of naturally occurring workplace evidence of learners competence;

Simulations/replications will require prior approval from the specific Awarding Organisation and should be designed in relation to the following parameters;

the environment in which simulations take place must be designed to match the characteristics of the working environment;

competencies achieved via simulation/replication must be transferable to the working environment;

simulations which are designed to assess competence in dealing withemergencies, accidents and incidents must be verified as complying with relevant health, safety and environmental legislation by a competent health and safety/environmental control officer before being used;


279

simulated activities should place learners under the same pressures of time, access to resources and access to information as would be expected if the activity was real;

simulated activities should require learners to demonstrate their competence using plant and/or equipment used in the working environment;

simulated activities which require interaction with colleagues and contacts should require the learner to use the communication media that would be expected at the workplace;

for health and safety reason simulations need not involve the use of genuine substances/materials. Any simulations which require the learner to handle or otherwise deal with materials substances/should ensure that the substitute take the same form as in the workplace.

Access to Assessment

There are no entry qualifications or age limits required by learners to undertake the NVQ units unless this is a legal requirement of the process or the environment. Assessment is open to any learner who has the potential to achieve the assessment criteria set out in the units. Aids or appliances, which are designed to alleviate disability, may be used during assessment, providing they do not compromise the standard required.

Carrying Out Assessment

The NVQ units were specifically developed to cover a wide range of activities. The evidence produced for the units will, therefore, depend on the learners choice of ‘bulleted items’ listed in the unit assessment criteria. Where the assessment criteria gives a choice of bulleted items (for example ‘any three from five’), assessors should note that learners do not need to provide evidence of the other items to complete the unit (in this example, two) items, particularly where these additional items may relate to other activities or methods that are not part of the learners normal workplace activity or area of expertise.

Performance Evidence Requirements

Performance evidence must be the main form of evidence gathered. In order to demonstrate consistent, competent performance for a unit, a minimum of three different examples of performance must be provided, and must be sufficient to show that the assessment criteria have been achieved to the prescribed standards. It is possible that some of the bulleted items in the assessment criteria may be covered more than once. The assessor and learner need to devise an assessment plan to ensure that performance evidence is sufficient to cover all the specified assessment criteria and which maximises the opportunities to gather evidence. Where applicable, performance evidence maybe used for more than one unit. The most effective way of assessing competence, is through direct observation of the learner. Assessors must make sure that the evidence provided reflects the learner’s competence and not just the achievement of a training programme.



280

Evidence that has been produced from team activities, for example, maintenance or installation activities is only valid when it clearly relates to the learners specific and individual contribution to the activity, and not to the general outcome(s). Each example of performance evidence will often contain features that apply to more than one unit, and can be used as evidence in any unit where appropriate. Performance evidence must be a combination of: outputs of the learner’s work, such as items that have been

manufactured, installed, maintained, designed, planned or quality assured, and documents produced as part of a work activity.

together with: evidence of the way the learner carried out the activities such as witness

testimonies, assessor observations or authenticated learner reports, records or photographs of the work/activity carried out, etc.

Competent performance is more than just carrying out a series of individual set tasks. Many of the units contain statements that require the learner to provide evidence that proves they are capable of combining the various features and techniques. Where this is the case, separate fragments of evidence would not provide this combination of features and techniques and will not, therefore, be acceptable as demonstrating competent performance. If there is any doubt as to what constitutes valid, authentic and reliable evidence, the internal and/or external verifier should be consulted.

Assessing Knowledge and Understanding

Knowledge and understanding are key components of competent performance, but it is unlikely that performance evidence alone will provide enough evidence in this area. Where the learners knowledge and understanding (and the handling of contingency situations) is not apparent from performance evidence, it must be assessed by other means and be supported by suitable evidence. Knowledge and understanding can be demonstrated in a number of different ways. Semta expects oral questioning and practical demonstrations to be used, as these are considered the most appropriate for these units. Assessors should ask enough questions to make sure that the learner has an appropriate level of knowledge and understanding, as required by the unit. Awarding Organisations may choose other methods, which must be supported by a suitable rationale. Evidence of knowledge and understanding will not be required for those bulleted items in the assessment criteria that have not been selected by the learner. The achievement of the specific knowledge and understanding requirements of the units cannot simply be inferred by the results of tests or assignments from other units, qualifications or training programmes. Where evidence is submitted from these sources, the assessor must, as with any assessment, make sure the evidence is valid, reliable, authentic, directly attributable to the learner, and meets the full knowledge and understanding requirements of the unit.


281

Where oral questioning is used the assessor must retain a record of the questions asked, together with the learner’s answers. Awarding Organisations may choose other methods, which must be supported by a suitable rationale.

Witness Testimony

Where ‘observation is used to obtain performance evidence, this must be carried out against the unit assessment criteria. Best practice would require that such observation is carried out by a qualified Assessor. If this is not practicable, then alternative sources of evidence may be used. For example, the observation may be carried out against the assessment criteria by someone else that is in close contact with the learner. This could be a team leader, supervisor, mentor or line manager who may be regarded as a suitable witness to the learners competency. However, the witness must be technically competent in the process or skills that they are providing testimony for, to at least the same level of expertise as that required of the learner. It will be the responsibility of the assessor to make sure that any witness testimonies accepted as evidence of the learner’s competency are reliable, auditable and technically valid.

Quality Control of Assessment

General There are two major points where an Awarding Organisation interacts with the Centre in relation to the External Quality Control of Assessment for a qualification and these are: Approval — When a Centre take on new qualifications, the Awarding

Organisation, normally through an External Verifier (EV) ensures that the Centre is suitably equipped and prepared to deliver the new qualification;

Monitoring — Throughout the ongoing delivery of the qualification the Awarding Organisation, through EV monitoring and other mechanisms must maintain and the quality and consistency of assessment of the qualification.

Approval In granting Approval, the Awarding Organisation, normally through its External Verifiers (EV) Must ensure that the prospective Centre: Meets any procedural requirements specified by the Awarding

Organisation; Has sufficient and appropriate physical and staff resources; Meets relevant health and safety and/or equality and access

requirements; Has a robust plan for the delivery, assessment and QA for the

qualifications. Awarding Organisation’s may decide to visit the Centre to view the evidence provided. The Awarding Body must have a clear rationale for the method(s) deployed.



282

Monitoring The Awarding Organisation, through EV monitoring and other mechanisms must ensure: that a strategy is developed and deployed for the ongoing Awarding

Organisation monitoring of the Centre. This strategy must be based on an active risk assessment of the Centre. In particular the strategy must identify the learner, assessor and IV sampling strategy to be deployed and the rationale behind this;

that the Centre’s internal quality assurance processes are effective in candidate assessment;

that sanctions are applied to a Centre where necessary and that corrective actions are taken by the Centre and monitored by the Awarding Organisation/EV;

that reviews of Awarding Organisation’s external auditing arrangements are undertaken.

Awarding Organisations are required to provide to SEMTA, on request, details of the strategies, rationales and reviews detailed above.

Additional Notes:

It is recognised that some Awarding Organisations provide supplementary guidance and documentation to centres to support the quality of assessment and verification practice of N/SVQs.


283

Annexe E: Additional requirement for qualifications that use the term ‘NVQ’ in a QCF qualification title

Please go to www.ofqual.gov.uk to access the document ‘Operating rules for using the term ‘NVQ’ in a QCF qualification title’.

5214db191011WORDPROC:LT:PD:NVQ COMPETENCE:N026808 EDEXCEL L3 NVQ DIP IN ENG WOODWORKING, PATTERN N MODEL MAKING.DOC.1-288/1

Publications Code N026808 October 2011 For more information on Edexcel and BTEC qualifications please visit our website: www.edexcel.com Pearson Education Limited. Registered in England and Wales No. 872828 Registered Office: Edinburgh Gate, Harlow, Essex CM20 2JE. VAT Reg No GB 278 537121

Date post:	22-Feb-2018
Category:	Documents
Upload:	phamanh
View:	219 times
Download:	2 times

Edexcel NVQ/competence-based qualifications · PDF fileEdexcel NVQ/competence-based...

Documents